You are on page 1of 173

CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.

ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND -DUBAI, U.A.E.


FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

VOLUME - 2

1- CIVIL & ARCH SPECIFICATIONS.


2- MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
3- ELECTRICAL I N S T A L L A T I O N

CONSULTANT

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS


P.O. Box 124639 , DUBAI.

SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND -DUBAI, U.A.E.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

TENDER DOCUMENTS

VOLUME – 2
Part 1of 3
CIVIL & ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
VENDORS’ LIST

NAD ALSHIBA Engineering Consultants Volume Index


VOLUME INDEX

VOLUME 1

INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS

LETTER OF TENDER AND APPENDIX TO TENDER

CONTRACT AGREEMENT

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND RELEVANT ANNEXES

VOLUME 2
Part 1 of 3 (CIVIL & ARCHITECTURAL WORKS)
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
VENDORS’ LIST

Part 2 of 3 (MECHANICAL & PLUMBING INSTALLATION)


GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
HVAC
PLUMBING

Part 3 of 3
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

VOLUME 3
PRICING PREAMBLES

BILL OF QUANTITY

VOLUME 4
Project Annexes (Soil Investigation Report, Gate level, affection plan).

VOLUME 5
DRAWINGS

NAD ALSHIBA Engineering Consultants Volume Index


INDEX

CIVIL & ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

VENDORS’ LIST
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATINS
VENDORS’ LIST
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX

SECTIONS DESCRIPTION PAGE

Section A General Notes and General Provisions 1-14

Section B Site W orks 15-25

Section C Concrete Works 26-48

Section D Masonry W ork 49-52

Section E Thermal and Moisture Protection 53-54

Section F Metal W orks 55-65

Section G Aluminum Works 66-70

Section H Glazing W orks 71-74

Section I Joinery Works 75-78

Section J Finishes 79-97

Section K External Works 98

Section L Fire Stop 99-104

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 1 of 105 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

SECTION - A

I. GENERAL NOTES

SPECIFICATIONS

1. Section A, General Requirements, of the Specification generally specifies work and coordination that
relates to the Works as a whole and shall not be interpreted to define absolutely the limits of
responsibility that must be established between the Contractor and his Sub-contractors by their
separate agreements.
2. Where particular requirements specified in the other Sections of the Specification are in conflict with
Section A, the former shall take precedence.
3. Ensure that Sub-contractors understand that the General and Special Conditions, General Provisions,
General Requirements, apply to Sections of the Specification governing their work.
4. Work in the Specification is divided into descriptive Groups and Sections which are not intended to
identify absolute contractual limits between Sub-contractors, nor between the Contractor and his Sub-
contractors. The Contractor shall examine all Sections, other documents and Drawings in order to
organize division of labour and supply of materials essential to complete the Works in all its parts.

DEFINITIONS
1. Wherever in the Specification the works “approval”, “approved”, “direction”, “directed”, “selection”,
“selected”, “request”, “requested”, “report”, and similar words are used, and the Engineer shall give
such approvals, directions, selections, request and reports unless specifically stated otherwise
2. Wherever in the Specification the word ”provide” is used in any form, it shall mean that the permanent
Works and Temporary W orks concerned shall include both supply and installation of the products
required for completion of specified work to which reference is made.
3. Wherever in the Specification the work “include” is used in any form, the items of work listed following
shall not be interpreted to be restricted to only those items that are listed.
4. Wherever in the Specification the words “indicated” or “shown” are used they shall apply as meaning
“indicated in the Tender Documents” or shown in the Tender Document”, unless the context
expresses another meaning.
5. Wherever in the Specification it is required that work shall proceed or shall meet direction, selection
or request of jurisdictional authorities or others, such direction, selection or request shall be in writing.
6. Wherever in the Specification it is specified that work shall be required to be made good or replaced,
it shall be performed without any additional cost to the Employer.
7. Wherever in the Specification the term “exposed to view” is used it shall refer to surfaces that are
within the line of vision of persons from any normally accessible viewpoint, both within and beyond
the building. Where any part of a surface is exposed to view, all other portion of that surface shall
also be considered as exposed to view.
8. Wherever in the Specification the term “Contract” is used it shall mean this contract.
9. Wherever in the Specification the term “Sub-contractor” is used it shall mean a specialist firm in that
trade and does not necessarily imply a contractual relationship unless the term “independent” is used
in conjunction with the term “Sub-contractor” or “firm”. This definition is applicable only in the
Specification.
10. The terms "Supervising Officer", "Supervising Officer's Representative" and "Engineer" shall be
regarded as synonymous with the Engineer and Engineer's Representative as referred to in Clause 1
of the Conditions of Contract.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 1 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

SCOPE OF WORKS
The work of this Contract comprises the construction, completion, remedying defects and handing-over of
the CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA -DUBAI, U.A.E.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

LOCATION OF THE SITE


The site is located ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. as indicated in the
Drawing.

INTENT AND MEANING

The Contractor shall execute the work in accordance with the intent and meaning of the Drawings and
Specifications taken together and supply all accessories and other items essential for the proper
execution of the W orks and shall execute all works which may be inferred whether or not specifically
shown or described.

DISCREPANCIES, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS

The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall be liable to pay the extra costs, if any, occasioned by
any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the drawings, whether the drawings are approved by the
Engineer or not. This shall not apply to errors, omissions or inaccurate information supplied to the
Contractor by the Engineer or his appointed representative in writing.

CONTRACT DURATION
The construction of the project shall be completed within 12 months including mobilization from the date
of signing the contract and/or agreed Commencement Date. The Defects Liability Period shall be 365
days.

MODEL FLAT
The Contractor should prepare a model flat with all finishing materials.

CONTRACT DRAWINGS

The Contract Drawings is referred to the list included in the drawings.

GENERAL PRICE
The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the Scope of the W ork shown on the drawings and described in
these Tender Documents and his lump sum price shall be deemed to cover all his obligations under the
Contract and all matters and things necessary for the proper construction, completion and maintenance of
the W orks. The price shall include for all material, labour and plant - whether mechanical of non-
mechanical - required for the completion of the Project in accordance with the Contract Drawings and
Specifications, and removing at completion and making good any surfaces distributed and if not included
in any prices inserted against the Conditions of Contract clauses above, for the insurances and bonds
required; for the costs of preparing a tender; for the work in connection with measurements and the final
account; for profit; and for all other establishment charges and on costs of whatever nature. No claim for
additional payment will be allowed for any error or misunderstanding by the Contractor in these respects.

USE AND PROTECTION OF SITE PLOT


The Contractor shall take such measures and exercise such care to protect the Site Plot as shown on the
Site Plans (hereinafter called 'The Plot') during the course of the works as directed by and to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 2 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing services within the site and shall
make good any damage to existing services resulting from his carrying out of the Works to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and relevant authority. The Contractor shall be responsible for giving notice to the
relevant authority where temporary or permanent re-routing of existing services is found to be necessary
and shall provide attendance upon any Contractor employed to carry out such re-routing.

All temporary buildings and work areas such as Site Offices, Workshops, Stores, Buildings, Yards, Living
Accommodation, Mess rooms, etc. shall be constructed inside the Plot boundary, or on adjacent land in
positions approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall confine his apparatus, the storage of materials and the operations of his workmen to
the limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or directions of the Engineer and shall not unreasonably
encumber the premises with his materials.

The Contractors shall not load or permit any part of the structure to be loaded with a weight that will
endanger its safety.

The Contractor is to allow in his rates for any temporary screens and fencing as required by the Engineer
and/or by the Authority. On completion of the Contract, the Site and any adjacent areas affected by the
building operations shall be properly cleaned of all temporary work, debris, and other rubbish and all
disturbed works and ground made good to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer and Employer.

SEPARATE CONTRACTS
The Employer reserves the right to let other separate contracts in connection with this work under similar
conditions. The Contractor shall afford other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of their materials and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his
work with theirs.

If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of another
Contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that
render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. His failure to inspect and report shall
constitute an acceptance of the other Contractor's work after the execution of his work.

To ensure the proper execution of his subsequent work the Contractor shall measure work already in
place and shall at once report to the Engineer any discrepancy between executed work and the drawings.

STANDARDS
In various places throughout this Specification and the Bills of Quantities, reference is made to the
Standards, Specifications and Bylaws issued by the British Standards Institution and other similar
organizations. These references shall in every case be deemed to include the latest edition of issue of
such Standards, Specifications and Bylaws including all revisions, amendments and addenda
subsequently issued. W here materials are not specified to be British Standard and standard exists in
respect of such materials, and then the material shall in all respects comply with the relevant and current
British Standard. In such cases where British Standards do exist, the materials used shall be of the best
type available and shall generally be to the Engineer's satisfaction.

Wherever in the Specification tests on materials, test on completed work and construction control tests
are called for or implied, they shall be carried out according to, and the materials shall comply with the
requirements of the specifications (latest edition) issued by:

a.) The British Standard (B.S.) Institution and/or;


b.) The American Association of the State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) and/or;
c.) The American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM);
d.) Others as stated in this specification.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 3 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Priority of selection of latest standard methods for specifications and testing shall be as follows:
 United Arab Emirates & Dubai Municipality Standards;
 International Standards such as International Organization for Standardization (ISO);
 National Standards such as British Standard Institution (BSI) & German Institute for
Standardization (DIN);
 Others as stated in the specifications such as ASTM, AASHTO, etc.

1. MATERIAL QUALITY

The Contractor shall comply with all requirements to the latest British Standards and Local Orders
issued by the Dubai Municipality from time to time pertaining to the quality of the materials.

All the materials and manufactured goods are to be the best of their respective kinds and as
described in the Specifications and Bills of Quantities and the Contractor shall submit for the
approval of the Engineer a list of the names and addresses of the manufacturers, the trademarks
and types of all materials and articles he proposes to employ together with all specifications and
descriptions that may be required in this connection before any orders are placed. Samples are
to be provided if requested by the Engineer. If any of the manufacturers, materials, etc. has been
rejected by the Engineer, then the Contractor must propose acceptable alternatives with technical
data and detailed report to the Engineer within one week of such rejection. The Engineer’s
decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

All materials and equipment specified in the Tender Documents which are to be incorporated into
the Works must be obtained from or through a Dubai Emirate Supplier and or Manufacturer who
must be registered and licensed by the Dubai Municipality. If such specified material or equipment
is not available from the Dubai Emirate, then any source shall be submitted for Engineer’s
approval.

Where a particular proprietary product, Supplier or Supplier's catalogue is referred to in the Bills
of Quantities, the material specified may be obtained from another source provided it is similar,
equal and approved by the Engineer.

2. MATERIAL SUBSTITUTION

If during the course of the Contract, certain materials required for use in the Works should be
unobtainable despite of the best efforts of the Contractor, then the Contractor may offer for the
approval of the Engineer for substitution of materials.

These substitute materials, although not complying fully with the Specifications, must
nevertheless be suitable and appropriate for use in the W orks. Acceptance or refusal of such
substitute materials shall be at the sole discretion of the Engineer. In the event of acceptance of
the substitute materials, a suitable price reduction shall be made in respect of decrease in quality
or value but no price addition shall be made in respect of increase in quality or value. In event of
rejection of the substitute materials, the Contractor shall not be relieved of any of his obligations
under the Contract and shall be solely liable for any delay or loss occasioned by his failure to
provide materials as specified.

A price deduction shall be made in respect of decrease in quality or value but no price addition
shall be made in respect of any increase in quality or value of the accepted substitute materials.

If the substitute materials are not accepted the Contractor shall not be relieved of any of his
obligations under the contract and shall be solely liable for any delay or loss accessioned by his
failure to provide materials as specified.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 4 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

For any variations, Employer and Engineer’s instructions in writing are necessary. If the variation
item found to be in Schedule of Rates, then rates will be as per Contract, otherwise rates will be
considered as per the prevailing market rates.

3. IMPORTED MATERIALS
The Contractor will be held entirely responsible for ensuring that all materials to be imported
arrived on Site in sufficient time to maintain the programme.

4. ORDERING OF MATERIALS
The Bills of Quantities shall not be used as a basis for ordering materials and the Contractor is
entirely responsible for assessing the quantities of materials to be ordered and no claim will be
entertained in respect of the quantities contained in the Bills of Quantities being approximate.

5. SAMPLES
The Contractor shall furnish for approval, with reasonable promptness all samples of materials
and workmanship required by the Engineer. The Engineer shall check and approve such
samples with reasonable promptness only for conformance with the design concept of the Works
and for compliance with the information given in the Tender Documents. The work shall be in
accordance with approved samples.

a. All material samples shall be delivered to the Engineer's office with all charges in connection
therewith paid by the Contractor.

b. Duplicate final approved samples, in addition to any required for the Contractor's use shall
be furnished to the Engineer, one for office use and one for the Site.

c. Samples shall be furnished so as not to delay fabrication, allowing the Engineer reasonable
time for consideration of the sample submitted.

d. Each sample shall be properly labeled with the name and quality of the material,
manufacturer's name, name of project, the Contractor's name and the date of submission,
the specification article number to which the sample refers.

Sample shall be obtained in accordance with the standard sampling method for that material
contained in the appropriate BS, ASTM or other relevant standards. If no method is specified,
then a sampling method shall be prepared and approved by the Engineer. All methods shall be
approved in writing prior to sampling. All sampling shall be carried out in the presence of the
Engineer or Engineer’s representative.

6. DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS

The Contractor must inquire and satisfy himself as to the sources of supply, the sufficiency and
the means of obtaining and transporting all materials, labour, fuel, water, electrical current for light
and power and all other items required for, or in connection with the works and must consider all
other matters and possible contingencies which will affect the execution, completion and
maintenance of the works.

The Contractor shall provide such labour, materials and transport as the Engineer's
Representative may require to assist him in carrying out tests and checks on materials and
workmanship and setting out and measurement of the Works.

All materials or manufactured items that are liable to damage shall be delivered in the original
package, containers, etc. bearing the name of the manufacturer and the brand.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 5 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Material or manufactured items shall be carefully loaded, transported, unloaded and stored in an
approved manner, protected from damage and exposure to weather or dampness during transit
and after delivery to the Site. Damage materials during and after fixing in position shall be
removed, repaired or replaced by and at the Contractor’s expense.

The contractor shall erect and maintain ample temporary and weatherproof sheds for proper
storage and protection of his own and for sub-contractor’s materials. Cement and other
perishable materials shall have floors raised 150mm off the ground. The Contractor shall clear
away at completion and repair all work disturbed.

7. MATERIAL TESTING

Laboratory testing of all materials and testing of completed works shall be carried out in
accordance to the succeeding instructions and specifications.

SITE SURVEY
Within one week of taking possession of the Site, the Contractor shall produce a site layout plan showing
boundaries, existing levels to a 5M grid and exact position of main features within the site, and shall hand
the same to the Engineer. The Contractor can refer to the copy of the survey levels carried out by the
Engineer’s surveyor.

CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SITE MEASUREMENTS


The Contractor shall check and verify all site measurements wherever requested by other Specialist
Contractors or by nominated or other Sub-Contractors to enable them to prepare their own shop
drawings, and pass on the information with sufficient promptness as will not in any way delay the W orks.
A copy of all such information passed on shall be given to the Engineer.

CUTTING AND PATCHING


The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, patching and making good for all trades for all works
and his prices will be deemed to include for all such cutting and patching and making good.

EXISTING SERVICES AND DIVERSION


The Contractor shall be deemed to have included in his price for all working around existing services.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing services within the site and shall
make good for any damage to existing services resulting from his carrying out the Works to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and the relevant authority. The Contractor shall take all measures reasonably
required by any public authority for the support and protection of all main power and communication
cables and other networks affected by the Works, all to the satisfaction of the relevant authority.

The Contractor shall be responsible for giving notice to the relevant authority where temporary or
permanent re-routing of existing services is found to be necessary and shall provide attendance upon any
contractor employed to carry out such re-routing. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to make due
allowance in his program of Works for concurrent working by others for the diversions of existing services.

All damages to any cable, pipe duct, building, etc. or changes which may be claimed for loss of electricity,
water, etc. by reason of or owing to any excavating operations, excavations, subsidence or work before or
after filling or any other case shall be the responsibility of the Contractor who shall be liable for all costs
and charges in connection with the necessary remedial work or other actions and claims.

The Contractor shall, at all reasonable times, during the progress of the Works afford facilities to all
accredited agents of any Public Authority for access to their affected apparatus to facilitate inspections,
maintenance, renewal, removal or alteration of such networks in connection with the construction of the
works or any other purpose whatsoever.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 6 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The cost of locating or verifying the location of existing services, liaison with the various authorities and
complying with the above requirements shall be borne by the Contractor unless provided for elsewhere in
the Contract.

SITE ACCESS
Access to and within the site for construction traffic shall be agreed with the Engineer before use. The
Engineer may at any time withdraw his approval for the use of any route until such widening,
strengthening or repair as he considers necessary has been carried out to his satisfaction.

Existing roads, accesses and the new roads, whether part of the Works or not, used by the Contractor’s
traffic for the construction of the Works shall be kept clean of all dirt’s and other material. The Contractor
shall provide and use suitable mechanical road sweepers, solely for this purpose, to the approval of the
Engineer.

TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS
The Contractor shall make arrangements for and pay all charges in connection with temporary service
connections sufficient for his own and the Subcontractors' use for the duration of the Contract and clear
the same away upon completion.

ELECTRICAL POWER
The Contractor shall take full responsibility for providing all necessary electrical power required for the
Works until handing over including, if necessary, supplying, operating and maintaining generators at his
own expense. Should electricity from the Town Grid be available, the Contractor shall pay all charges for
the consumption of electricity current used for the W orks before the handing over.

WATER
The Contractor shall arrange for and pay all charges in connection with an adequate temporary supply of
water for the Works suitable for all purposes. Consumption charges to be paid by the Contractor.

SANITARY CONVENIENCES
Sanitary conveniences for the use of persons employed on the W orks shall be provided and maintained
by the Contractor to the extent and in such manner and at such places shall be approved by the Engineer
and the authority concerned and all persons connected with the W orks shall be obliged to use them.

The Contractor shall make all temporary arrangements for the proper discharge of sewage, drainage,
storm and rainwater from or in connection with the works and shall maintain same to the satisfaction of
the Engineer and the authority concerned for as long as they are required.

TELEPHONE, FAX AND INTERNET


The Contractor shall arrange for a Telephone, Fax and Internet to be installed on the Site for the entire
duration of the Contract and shall pay all charges in connection with installation, rental, calls and
subsequent removal on completion.

SITE OFFICE FOR CONTRACTOR


The Contractor shall provide and maintain an office on the Site for accommodation of his Agent and site
staff and such office shall be open at all reasonable hours to receive instructions, notices or other
communications and shall provide adequate first-aid facilities and the erection of site latrines, their
maintenance, and demolition and deodorizing on completion.

OFFICE FACILITIES FOR THE EMPLOYER AND ENGINEER


The Contractor shall provide and maintain proper office facilities on Site complete with office furniture and
equipment for the sole use of the Engineer or Employer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 7 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The construction must be sound, waterproof, fireproof, and well insulated and the office is to be furnished
and equipped all to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide the Engineer or his representative with cleaning attendance, maintenance of
the offices, their fixtures and fittings. In the event of failure or malfunction of any item of equipment in the
office, the Contractor shall provide a substitute item equivalent to the defective item without undue delay
for the full period. This item is required to the approval of the Engineer. The office shall be cleared away
on completion.

The Contractor shall provide telephone and fax with different lines and internet connection to each office
and shall pay all installation and rental charges and the cost of telephone calls and also he shall provide
all consumables, paper, pens and other basic office stationary.

The Contractor shall provide and keep on site surveying instruments for the proper execution of the
Works. The instruments shall all be in proper adjustment and always kept in perfect working order and
they shall be immediately available for use by the Engineer whenever required, together with all
necessary assistance.

As soon as the Contractor has been given instructions to proceed with the W orks, he shall present to the
Engineer his layout plan of office facilities as shown in the drawings for approval and arrange for
completion by not later than one month.

TEMPORARY WORKS
The Contractor is entirely responsible for the design, construction, maintenance and removal of all
temporary works employed in carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall submit the design and
layout of all temporary works to the Engineer for approval prior to commencement of work and the
Engineer’s approval will in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the safety of the works,
operatives, adjoining property, structures or services and compliance with appropriate regulations and
Codes of Practice. Temporary works supporting adjoining buildings, property and public utilities and roads
including temporary shifting of all existing facilities in the site working area, shall also be submitted to the
appropriate authority or agent for their approval if requested.
The temporary works shall be designed and constructed in such manner as to enable the permanent
structures to be built around them without detriment to their effectiveness and due allowances will be
deemed to have been made for all necessary adjustments there to enable the work to proceed.
Shoring, boards, struts or similar items shall not be left in position upon completion of the works without
the written consent of the Engineer.
All services or utilities on or adjoining the Site which are required to be maintained operational shall be
protected from movement, subsidence or damage from any cause whatsoever by adequate temporary
props, struts, shores and protective screens to the approval of the Engineer and agent of the service or
utility.

All temporary buildings and work areas such as site offices, workshops, stores, buildings, yards, mess-
rooms and etc. shall be constructed inside the site boundary, or on adjacent land in positions approved by
the Engineer and/or Authority. The Contractor shall confine his apparatus, the storage of materials and
the operations of his workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits or direction of the Engineer
and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials.

The Contractor is to allow in his rates for any temporary screens and fencing as required by the Engineer
or by the relevant authority. On completion of the Contract, the Site and any adjacent areas affected by
the building operations shall be properly cleaned of all temporary work, debris and other rubbish and all
disturbed works and ground shall be repaired to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.

DIVERSION OF TRAFFIC AND TEMPORARY ROADS

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 8 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor shall construct temporary diversion ways wherever the construction of the works will
interrupt existing public or private roads or rights of way.

SCAFFOLDING
The Contractor shall provide, erect, maintain, dismantle and clear away at completion proper and
adequate scaffolding including that required for Sub-Contractors and Specialists. Any holes shall be
made good to match the adjacent surfaces as the scaffolding is dismantled. The Contractor shall be
entirely responsible for all safety precautions in connection with scaffolding and for its entire sufficiency or
the work.

PROTECTION OF WORKS, THE SITE AND EXISTING SERVICES


In pursuance of his obligation under the Condition of Contract, the Contractor shall wherever required or
directed by the Engineer cover up and protect the Works from the weather and from damage by his own
or other workmen performing subsequent operations. He shall provide all necessary dust sheets,
barriers, and guard rails and clear away same at completion.

The Contractor shall take all reasonable and proper steps for the protection of all places on or about the
Works which may be dangerous to his workmen or any other persons or to traffic. The Contractor shall
provide and maintain signs, red warning lamps and barricades as necessary in such places.

The Contractor shall take such measures and exercise such care to protect the Site during the course of
the W orks as directed by and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer including determining and
recording all existing onsite services routes.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing services within the Site and shall
make good any damage to existing services resulting from his carrying out of the Works to the satisfaction
of the Engineer and relevant authority. The Contractor shall be responsible for giving notice to the
relevant authority where temporary or permanent re-routing of existing services is found to be necessary
and shall provide attendance upon any contractor employed to carry out such re-routing.

CLEANING OF SITE
The Contractor shall maintain the Site in a reasonably neat and orderly condition free from accumulation
of waste materials and rubbish during the entire construction period, all to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Immediately prior to handing over of the Works all drain pipes, ducts, gullies, manholes, chambers, etc.
are to be cleared by rodding, etc. or by other approved means.

SUBCONTRACTORS
All proposed sub-contractors shall be to the approval of the Engineer. Only Subcontractors who are
registered, licensed and based in Dubai Emirates will be approved, however, suitable and equal Sub-
contractors will be considered. This condition is applicable to all Subcontractors in all sections of the
works.

Nominated Subcontractors and suppliers shall be bound by all main contract conditions and provisions
(back to back with main contract including their performance) as per main contractor’s program of works.

In the event that any of the proposed Subcontractors do not meet the Engineer’s requirement and
approval, the Contractor shall re-submit the name or names of alternative Subcontractors until such time
a complete list of Subcontractors approved by the Engineer has been achieved.

Approved Subcontractor from the list provided will be considered as nominated Subcontractor for
payments only.

The Engineer shall have the right to demand copy of contracts between Contractor and Subcontractor or
Suppliers for references and records at any time.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 9 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor shall allow, when pricing items of works given after Provisional Sums for nominated
Subcontractors for the following:
a.) The cost of placing and processing orders as directed by the Engineer.
b.) The provision of power, light and water points adjacent to the W orks as required by the
nominated Subcontractor and the free use thereof.
c.) The provision, erection, maintenance, dismantling and clearing away of all external and internal
required scaffoldings.
d.) The provision of all plant for receiving, off loading, storing and subsequent handling and
hoisting of materials and equipment to their final position.
e.) The provision and free use of mess-rooms, latrines, first-aid facilities, etc.
f.) All other facilities necessary for the proper execution of the Works.
g.) Coordinating the nominated Subcontractor’s work with all other works and arranging the
nominated subcontractor’s work to coincide with the main construction program.
h.) Coordinating the nominated subcontractor’s drawings with all other drawings to ensure the
proper integration of all the work on site and to avoid any resultant delays.
i.) Obtaining and providing all measurements and details necessary for the proper execution of
the nominated subcontractor’s work.
j.) Provisional Sums for goods supplied by nominated Subcontractors supplying materials shall
include placing and processing of orders as directed by the Engineer, checking or ascertaining
the correct quantities to be listed in the order and where appropriate providing the nominated
Subcontractor supplying materials with correct site dimensions, dealing with port clearance
formalities and unloading from transport on to shore and paying all charges in connection
herewith, onshore loading and transporting to site, getting into store, protecting, unpacking and
checking if required, initiating and processing insurance claims and returning packing cases
carriage paid if required.
k.) Attendance to Subcontractors and provision of reasonable site offices and facilities to the
nominated Subcontractors depending on the nature and volume of their works, site
accommodation (except fitting out of accommodation), scaffolding, power, water, and the like
with complete required furniture and equipment, other temporary buildings and sufficient
storage sheds for storing their equipment to be positioned and work to be performed., etc.
Telephone and facsimile connection for the Subcontractors including all connection and running
charges (for local use only) for the entire duration of the work are part of the Main Contractor’s
responsibility.
l.) Subsequent removal of the temporary offices provided to the Subcontractor.
m.) Responsibilities for the Nominated Subcontractors and domestic subcontractors.

COORDINATION OF BUILDER’S WORK


The Contractor shall coordinate the requirements of all builders’ work. No claim will be entertained for
abortive work executed due to lack of coordination.

CLEARING SITE ON COMPLETION


The Contractor shall clear the Site after completion of the project including clearing away all temporary
buildings, building materials, rubbish, etc. to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.

A specialized company shall carry out the final cleaning prior to handing over.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 10 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

DRAWINGS
The Contractor will receive from the Engineer the drawings together with any further drawings issued
under Clause 1.8 of the Conditions of Contract.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing all Sub-contractors, whether nominated or
otherwise, with sufficient copies of all relevant drawings in order that they can complete their work within
the approved construction programme under Clause 8.3 of the Conditions of Contract.

1. WORKSHOP DRAWINGS
The Contractor and all Sub-contractors, whether nominated or otherwise, shall prepare the
following drawings and information based upon the drawings issued by the Engineer:
a.) The Contractor shall prepare Bar Bending Schedules for all reinforcement in a format to be
agreed by the Engineer.
b.) The Contractor shall prepare all workshop drawings for Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing
installation and all other services involved in the project.
c.) The Contractor and Sub-contractors, whether nominated or otherwise, shall provide
workshop drawings for their own trades, where applicable, or when requested by the
Engineer. The workshop drawing shall clearly show all dimensions, details, specifications,
connections or joints to other trades, incorporation of the work of other trades, etc.
d.) Builder’s W ork Drawings
Sub-contractors, whether nominated or otherwise, shall provide drawings showing the exact
dimension and location of all holes, ducts, recesses, access points, etc. These drawings shall
also specify all necessary Builders’ work in connection with movement precaution, sound and
thermal protection etc.
e.) Manufacturer’s Drawings
The Contractor and sub-contractors, whether nominated or otherwise, shall provide
manufacturer’s drawings for their own trades, where applicable, or when requested by the
Engineer. The manufacturer’s drawings shall clearly show all dimensions, details,
specifications, connections or joints to other trades, incorporation of the work of other trades,
etc.

2. AS BUILT DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall keep accurate records of the Works executed throughout the course of the
Contract and shall submit two sets of accurate, fully dimensioned "As Built" drawings showing
the full extent of the work actually executed to the Engineer within 30 (thirty) days of the issue of
the Engineer Certificate of Practical Completion. These drawings shall compose of the following:

- Air-conditioning System.
- Electrical Drawings
- Plumbing Drawings.
- Fire Fighting & Fire Alarm System.
- Civil (Approved by Municipality)
- Original Completion Certificate from Dubai Municipality.
- MATV & Satellite System, Intercom System & Telephone System.

CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Coordination

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 11 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all drawings including those produced by
Sub-contractors whether nominated or otherwise and all Authorities or others employed direct in
connection with the W orks so that the work of each may be installed in such a manner as to
ensure proper performance and adequate fixing to the structure and to avoid conflicts in the
positioning of various ducts, pipes, cables, other items of service installation and other like items.
The Contractor shall employ a competent person experience in the coordination of engineering
and other installations to perform this duty. He shall arrange for his Sub-contractors, including
nominated Sub-contractors, any/all authorities, or others employed direct to attend necessary
coordination meetings.
Any amendments to the Drawings consequent upon the coordination of the various installations
shall be made by the Sub-contractors or others concerned prior to such drawings being submitted
to the Engineer for approval.

2. Approval of Drawings
All Drawings prepared by the Contractor, his Sub-contractors whether nominated or otherwise,
and/all Authorities or others employed direct in connection with the W orks shall be submitted at
the appropriate time to the Engineer by the Contractor and this will be only accepted and
contractual method. The Engineer shall check and approve these drawings in a reasonable time
and issue them to the Contractor as “Approved for Construction”. Such approval shall not relieve
the aforementioned parties of responsibility for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in their
submittal.

If the Engineer shall instruct the re-drawings, alteration or amending of any of the submitted
drawings which, in his sole opinion, do not properly interpret the intent of the Contract or for any
reason do not comply with good building practice then the Contractor shall ensure the carrying
out of the Engineer’s instructions and no claim for extra payment shall be allowed for any reason
in this respect.

Should the Engineer instruct the alteration or amending of any drawing prepared by any of the
parties above, then the Contractor shall ensure that this is done immediately in order to avoid any
delay to construction programme and no claim for extra payment or extension of time for
completion of the W orks shall be allowed for any reason in this respect.

The Contractor shall prepare a detailed programme for the production of the Drawings and
information required immediately upon receipt of the Engineer’s order to commence the W orks.
The programme, which will be subject to the scrutiny of the Engineer who may alter or amend it
as he sees fit, shall be compatible with the programme for the construction works.

PROGRAMME AND PROGRESS MONITORING


1. Programme of Work
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval within fourteen (14) days after the date
of the Letter of Acceptance a Programme of Works with detailed CPM Program accompanied by
a complete critical path analysis for the execution and completion of the Works. The CPM
Program shall be presented on a weekly time scale and shall be prepared by using Primavera
Project Planner Software System of version 6 or as per Engineer’s request.
The Construction Program shall be updated by the Contractor to reflect the actual progress status
compared to the original Program as Target Base. It should be submitted to the Engineer within
three days after the end of each month.
Based on the above Construction Program, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer consent
the following supporting documents, in such details and forms as the Engineer may require and
subject to his approval:
a) Production Rates
b) Manpower Histograms

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 12 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

c) Equipment Histograms
d) Breakdown of Lump Sum Items and Cost Loading:
The Cost Loading of each activity associated with the preparation, production, updating and
submission of Construction Program shall be included based on the applicable unit prices or
Lump-Sum prices contained in the priced B.O.Q.
e) The sum of the monetary values of all activities shall total the Contract Amount. This Cost
loading to be used and associated with updated schedules in order to define the interim
monthly payments amount based on updated work progress.
f) Work Progress S-Curves
g) Detailed Shop Drawings Submittal Schedule including Composite Shop Drawings allowing 15
days for Engineer’s review and approval for each submittal
h) Detailed Material Submittal Schedule allowing 15 days for Engineer’s review and approval for
each submittal.
Similarly, the Contractor shall submit incorporating updated schedules with three copies of a
narrative report to be named by the Contractor’s Monthly Report, no later than 7 days after the
end of each month. This Report to include the following:
a) Activity Report, to show status of works completed in-progress and future activities.
b) Schedule Report, to show Early/ Late Target Dates, Actual Dates and Total Float for all
activities.
c) One Month Ahead detailed Schedule.
d) Summary Report by Early Start showing all Sections and Packages summaries.
e) Daily number of actual Manpower on Site compared to Target with histograms and tables.
f) Daily W ork Report
g) Record of actual material delivery
h) Schedule of Material Orders
i) Status of material and shop drawings submittals
j) Variation Orders Status
k) Contractor’s claims status
l) Interim Payments Certificate Status
m) Site Progress Photographs
n) Health and Safety Reports
o) Quality Issues and RFI Log and NCR log.
p) Extension of Time Claims status.

2. Updated Programme
Should any progress vary from the Programme of Works the Contractor shall, if so instructed by
the Engineer, provide a revised programme , updated to show measures to be taken to complete
the Works within Contract Programme, or in anticipated overrun if such measures are not
feasible.
3. Progress Reports
The Contractor shall submit prior to each site meeting in a format to be agreed with the Engineer
a typed progress report including schedule of all programme activities indicating the programmed
percentage completion and actual percentage completion of each activity at the date of reporting.
The report shall include details of any information required from the Engineer.
4. Site Meetings

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 13 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The frequency and timing of site meetings shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. The
Engineer if deemed appropriate shall convene meetings in addition to regular site meetings to
discuss specific aspects of the Works.
5. Progress Photographs
The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer each month six photographs showing work in
progress on the Site from viewpoints selected by the Engineer's Representative. Two copies of
each photograph (postcard size) shall be provided with a description of the view pointed and the
date of the taking written or stamped in ink on the back.
6. Monthly Valuations
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer at the end of each calendar month, or as otherwise
agreed, an approximate valuation of the total work done with all items set out in full, in
accordance with Clause 12 of the Conditions of Contract.

7. Completion Certificates
The Contractor shall not be granted a Completion Certificate or Partial Completion Certificate until
such time as he has obtained approval in writing from the service authorities for the applicable
portion of the installation. Duplicate copies of the approvals issued by the various Authorities
should be passed to the Engineer for his records.
8. Records
During the progress of the Works the Contractor shall keep at his own cost, records of all details
and dimensions of the Works as constructed and shall at any time submit such of the records to
the Engineer's Representatives as they may require.

NOTICE BOARDS AND SIGNBOARDS


1. Notice boards shall be provided on the site to display information to the work force including
safety rules and regulations.

2. The Contractor shall provide and maintain two (2) sign boards for the Site consisting of GI pipe
frame as detailed in the drawings and to be fixed to the ground as likewise shown in the
drawings.

The boards shall be lettered by a skilled sign writer in English and in Arabic to include:
a) The Project Name
b) The Employer's Name
c) The Consultant’s Name
d) The Contractor's Name.
e) Sub-contractors’ Name

Large scale layouts are to be submitted for approval before manufacture. No advertising material
other than the above will be permitted.

SAFETY
The Contractor shall at all times strictly observe the requirements for safety as per Local Government
rules and regulations.

The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in writing within 2 weeks of the start of Works the name of the
responsible person’s residents on the Site who will be undertaking the duties of Safety Officer and Safety
Supervisor on Site.

SOIL IMPROVEMENT

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 14 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor is responsible for any soil improvement to the satisfaction of the Engineer and as per the
Soil Investigation Report.

LATEST REGULATIONS
Contractor shall follow the latest regulations issued by all Local Authorities such as Dubai Municipality,
Dubai Electricity and W ater Authority (DEW A), etc

SECTION B - SITEWORK

I. SHORING

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.0 DESCRIPTION

1.1 General

A. Provide shoring in accordance with the requirements of the Tender Documents/Municipality.

The extent of shoring work shall include, but not limited to the following:
- Shoring necessary to protect existing buildings, streets, walkways and utilities and
excavation against loss of ground or caving embankments and excessive lateral or
vertical movement.
- Maintenance of shoring.
- Extract and removing all shoring materials installed outside the property line.
- Cutting off top of shoring system where not being removed.

1.2 Type of shoring system include, but is not limited to the following:
a) Soldier 'H' piles.
b) Ground anchors.
c) Timber lagging/concrete panels.
d) Concrete encasing to piles below Excavation level.
e) Any other requirement as directed by the Engineer.

1.3 Building excavation is specified under Section "Earthwork".

2.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE


2.1 Supervision
Assign supervision of shoring work to a qualified engineer experienced in this field and
approved by the Engineer.

2.2 Regulations
Comply with local codes and ordinances of governing authorities having jurisdiction.

3.0 SUBMITTALS

3.1 Submit design drawings for the shoring system together with construction techniques and all
relevant structural design calculations to the Engineer for review and approval.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 15 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

4.0 SITE CONDITIONS

4.1 Before starting work, check and verify governing dimensions and elevations. In company with
the Engineer, jointly survey condition of adjoining properties. Take photographs, as directed by
the Engineer, recording any prior settlement or cracking of structures and pavement. Prepare a
list of such damages, verified by dated photographs, and signed by the Contractor, the
Engineer and others conducting the investigation.
4.2 Survey adjacent structures, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as bench marks.
Clearly identify bench marks and record existing elevations. Locate datum level used to
establish bench mark elevations sufficiently distant so as not to be affected by movement
resulting from excavation operations.

4.3 During excavation under this Contract, resurvey bench marks weekly. Maintain accurate log of
surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations. Promptly notify the Engineer if
changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags or other damage is evident. Propose remedial
work and execute as approved by the Engineer.

5.0 EXISTING UTILITIES

5.1 Protect existing active sewer, water, gas, electricity, telephone and other utility services and
structures.

6.0 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR

6.1 The Contractor is required to provide a complete shoring system.

6.2 The responsibility for the design of the shoring shall rest entirely with the Contractor. This work
shall be sublet to an approved specialist Sub-Contractor. Qualifications and experience
records of the Sub-Contractor's staff shall also be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

7.0 MATERIALS

7.1 General
Provide suitable shoring materials which will support loads imposed. Materials shall be as
selected by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Such approval shall not absolve the
Contractor from his responsibility to provide adequate shoring in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

8.1 General
Protect the site from caving and unacceptable soil movement and install shoring as required.
8.2 Shoring system shall be adequately anchored to resist earth and hydrostatic pressures.
8.3 Bore holes to their final levels, erect soldier or 'H' piles in the bored holes, align to true line and
level, and encase bottom portion of the piles below Excavation level with concrete. W here
shoring is to be later removed (i.e. where outside the property line) wrap the end of the 'H' piles
in a suitable approved material to facilitate their withdrawal.
8.4 The shoring within the boundaries of the property line may remain in place following the
completion of the works included in this Contract but the Contractor will be required to cut off
the top of the shoring (minimum one (1) metre below finished ground or paving level), and
make openings for service and utility connections, as and when required by the Engineer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 16 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

II. EARTHWORKS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.0 DESCRIPTION

1.1 General

Perform earthwork in accordance with the requirement of the Tender Documents.

2.0 Nature of the Ground

2.1 Examine the Site, record of test borings, and the subsurface exploration reports to determine all
conditions under which the Work will be performed.

2.2 A Geotechnical Study has been carried out on behalf of the Employer; copy of the report is
included in the Tender Documents. This report is provided "for information only" and will not be
considered to be part of the Tender or Contract Documents. The Tenderer must make his own full
inquiries as to the nature of the ground and the sub-soil conditions and take all necessary steps to
deal with the soil conditions and allow for all factors in his Tender price.

2.3 Obstructions, old construction, etc., of which no records are available, may be encountered.
Make inquiries as to the nature of the ground and sub-soil conditions and formulate conclusions
as to the extent of any such obstructions, old construction, etc. and remove all materials of any
nature to the designed sub-grades indicated or specified.

3.0 Submittals

3.1 Submit information and full details regarding the procedures proposed for excavating over the
area of the site, for the review and approval of the Engineer.

3.2 Submit shop drawings detailing temporary works relating to excavation including barriers, access,
lighting, etc.

4.0 Safety and Avoidance of Nuisance

4.1 Perform all work in such a manner as to ensure the safety of the works, the public and adjoining
sites so as to cause as little inconvenience as possible to the public and adjoining Owners, and
allow in the Tender for all necessary Precautions to that end.

4.2 Provide a temporary and strong barrier around the edge of the basement excavation as a safety
measure.

4.3 Provide proper temporary lighting and access to the basement excavation.

4.4 Keep stores and material away from the edge of the basement excavation so as to allow free
movement of labourers and staff around the excavations.

4.5 Use sturdy steel or timber stairs to climb up and down the pit. Do not use ladders.

4.6 All electrical panels and installation shall be properly protected.

5.0 Protection of Adjoining Owner’s Property

5.1 Execute earthwork and shoring activities (and Site work generally) in such a manner as to ensure
no damage shall occur to adjoining Owner's property.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 17 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1.0 Materials
1.1 Structural Fill
a. Sound, clean, durable, granular materials free from deleterious matter and in accordance with
the following gradations:
ASTM Sieve Size Total % Passing by Weight

51 mm 100
38 mm 70-100
25 mm 55-85
19 mm 50-80
9 mm 40-70
No. 4 30-60
No. 10 20-50
No. 40 10-30
No. 200 5-15

b. Gradations in the table above represent the limits which shall determine suitability of aggregate
for use from the sources of supply.
C. Structural fill may be classified as well-graded granular soils - group 1 (non-plastic soils with a
uniformity coefficient exceeding 10).
d. Use structural fill under mat concrete slabs, sidewalks, paving, under utility pipes, and at other
soil bearing situations for fill within 300 mm measured horizontally of foundation walls, retaining
walls, edges of footings and other below-grade vertical surfaces as approved by the Engineer,
except where drainage fill is indicated or specified.
e. If sufficient structural fill material is not available from excavation under this Contract, then
additional fill, suitable for use, shall be brought to the Site from other sources. Both excavated
material from the Site for use as structural fill, and material brought to the Site for use as
structural fill, shall meet the above requirements.

1.2 Ordinary Fill


a. Ordinary fill shall be natural soil, well-graded and free from all organic, weak, compressible and
expansive materials, (such as high plastic clays) and also free of materials subject to decay or
decomposition, and shall contain no stone larger than 150 mm in maximum dimension.
b. Ordinary fill may be classified as uniformly graded material-Group 2 (non-plastic soils with a
uniformity coefficient of 10 or less).
c. Use ordinary fill for general grading and backfilling except in areas where structural or drainage
fill is required.
d. If sufficient ordinary fill material is not available from excavations under this Contract, then
additional fill, suitable for use, shall be brought to the Site from other sources. Both excavated
material from the Site for use as ordinary fill, and material brought to the Site for use as
ordinary fill, shall meet the above requirements.

1.3 Drainage Fill


a. Drainage fill shall be fine aggregate, clean, well-graded, free-draining sand, complying with
ASTM C 33.
b. Drainage fill material shall be placed where called for in the Specifications or Drawings, (e.g.
under pipe and utility trenches).

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 18 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

EXCAVATION
General
Clear the site of trees, shrubs and other vegetation, site improvements (above and below grade) and
all disused services and obstructions to construction.

Excavate in any material (including loose sand, rock and old foundations) to the lines and elevations
as required. Make excavations sufficiently large to permit placing and removal of forms, installation of
waterproofing, utilities and other work below grade and for inspection thereof.

1. Unauthorized Excavation
Excavations performed below the elevations shown or specified without the Engineer's prior
written approval shall, at the Engineer's discretion and without additional cost be backfilled with
mass concrete of approved strength or with approved structural fill, unless instructed otherwise by
the Engineer.

2. Authorized Additional Excavation


In case unsuitable bearing soil is encountered at subgrade elevations shown, the Engineer may
require the removal of unsuitable soil and extension of raft foundation, blinding concrete and
slabs on grade. Payment for such authorized additional work shall be made in accordance with
the terms of the Contract Documents.

3. Excavation for Raft Foundations and Slabs on Grade

a. Sub-grades
Excavate 250 mm below the blinding bottom level as recommended in the soil report and fill with
structural fill (Road base). Compact the structural fill with heavy roller to compaction as specified
in the specifications. Sub-grades below blinding concrete for raft foundations and subgrades
below slabs on grade shall be approved by the Engineer before proceeding with the construction.
Bottoms of blinding concrete below the rafts and slabs on grade shall be founded on firm soil or
well compacted structural fill at elevations indicated on the drawings and as approved by the
Engineer. Sub-grades to receive raft foundations and slabs on grade shall be level and free of
loose rock, debris and standing water prior to acceptance for placing blinding concrete.

4. Excavation for Paved Areas and Kerbs

a. Sub-grades

Sub-grades shall be approved by the Engineer before proceeding with construction of pavements
and kerbs.

i. The top 300 mm of subgrade resulting from excavation shall be free of unsuitable material
and be equal to the following percentages of maximum density at optimum moisture when
tested in accordance with ASTM D1557:

Under paved areas and kerbs: 95%


ii. If the subgrade does not meet the above requirements after proof-rolling, compact the
subgrade by rolling with suitable compaction equipment to obtain the density specified.

5. Trench Excavations

Trenches for piping and utilities shall be not less than 400 mm and neither more than 600 mm
wider than the outside diameter of the pipe to be laid therein. Bottoms of trenches shall be
accurately graded with bell holes scooped out to provide uniform bearing and support of pipe and

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 19 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

utilities on undisturbed soil throughout their length, except where other means of supporting pipe
are indicated. Rock materials shall be excavated to 150 mm below pipe invert and bed backfilled
with drainage fill, well tamped in place.

DISPOSAL

a. The Contractor shall gain prior written approval from the Engineer and from the appropriate
authorities having jurisdiction for the disposal of surplus excavated materials from site.

3. Material resulting from clearing and grubbing operations must not be burnt on the site. Dispose of
all such material legally off the Employer's property.

FILLING

1. Materials
Materials for fill and backfill shall be as here-in-before specified, obtained from the required
excavation on Site, if acceptable, or from borrow sources.

2. Utilization of Excavated Materials


Suitable excavated materials for fill and backfill as defined in Paragraph "Materials” shall be
approved by the Engineer prior to use. Material which is suitable for use as fill under exterior
slabs and pavings and for backfill shall be separated from material which is only suitable for
general grading.

3. Borrow
Provide additional material, if required, at no additional cost to the Employer. Acceptable borrow
shall consist of suitable material as here-in-before specified. Representative samples of each
type of borrow material considered suitable shall be delivered to the Engineer for approval.

4. Placing
Place fill materials in horizontal loose layers in such manner as to produce a uniform thickness of
material. Placement shall start in the deepest area and progress approximately parallel to the
finished grade. Thickness of layers after compacting shall not exceed 200 mm.

No fill material shall be placed on areas where free water is standing or on surfaces which have
not been approved by the Engineer.

5. Compaction

Compact each layer of fill with equipment to achieve the following percentages of maximum
density at optimum moisture when tested in accordance with ASTM D1557:

Location % Max. Density


Under Raft Foundations 98
Under Paved Areas and Kerbs 95
Under Slabs on Grade 95
General Grading 90

a. Do not compact soil when the moisture content varies more than 3% from the optimum moisture
content. Maintain moisture content by wetting or drying manipulation. Suspend compacting
operations when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain or other unsatisfactory
conditions.
b. In lieu of drying by manipulation, hydrated lime, monohydrated lime or similar beneficial
ingredients may be used to reduce the moisture content, reduce the plasticity index or improve
workability. Apply such ingredients in a manner and quantity as recommended by the
manufacturer or as required by the Soil Testing Laboratory and approved by the Engineer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 20 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

6. Backfilling against Foundation Walls


a. After completion of foundation walls and removal of forms, clean the excavation of all rubbish
and debris before application of waterproofing and placement of backfill. Backfill as here-in-
before specified for fill operations. Maintain symmetrical backfill loading and compact each
layer by hand tampers or other suitable equipment.

b. Do not backfill against foundation or basement walls until completion of supporting floor
construction to top of backfill unless approved by the Engineer. In placing backfill, take
special care to prevent wedge action, eccentric loading or overloading of the structure by
equipment used in compacting backfill material, and to prevent damage to waterproofing on
walls.

QUALITY CONTROL

1. Employ and pay all charges for a Soil Testing Laboratory acceptable to the Engineer, to
perform all tests and submit reports specified in this Section.

2. The Soil Testing Laboratory shall be responsible for conducting and interpreting the tests, shall
state in each whether or not the test specimens comply with all requirements of the Tender
Contract Documents and shall specifically note any deviations there from.

3. Testing of Materials
The Soil Testing Laboratory shall perform all tests herein specified and any additional tests as
may be required and submit test reports to the Engineer, including the following:-

a. One optimum moisture - maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered in sub-
grades and fills under raft foundation and slabs on grade and paved areas. Determine
maximum densities in accordance with ASTM D1557.

b. Each type of borrow material shall receive:

i. Mechanical Analysis - ASTM D422/AASHTO T88.


ii. Moisture-Density Curve Determination - ASTM D424/AASHTO T91.
iii. Moisture-Density Curve Determination - ASTM D1557.
iv. Four CBR test as a measure for bearing capacity under raft foundation.

4. Testing of Sub-grade and Fill Layers

Sub-grades and fill layers shall be approved by the Soil Testing Laboratory and the Engineer before
construction of any further work thereon. Tests of sub-grades and fill layers shall be taken as follows:

a. The top 300 mm of sub-grade resulting from excavation shall have the maximum density at
optimum moisture as here-in-before specified. In fill areas, each layer of fill shall meet the
required density as here-in-before specified. Make at least one (1) field density test of the sub-
grade for every two hundred square metres (200 m2) of raft foundation, paved area or slabs on
grade, but in no case less than three (3) tests. In each compacted fill layer, make one (1) field
density test for every overlaying two hundred square metres (200 m2) of raft foundation, paved
area or slabs on grade, but in no case less than three (3) tests. Perform field density tests in
accordance with ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2167.

b. At foundation wall backfill take at least eight (8) field density tests (ASTM D1556 or ASTM D2167)
at locations and elevations as directed by the Engineer.
• Cooperate with the Soil Testing Laboratory in every respect in the performance of the required
tests.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 21 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

• If, based on reports of the Soil Testing Laboratory and inspection, the sub-grade or backfills
are found to be below the specified density, the Engineer may require additional compaction
and testing and all this shall be carried out at the expense of the Contractor.

III. DEWATERING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.0 DESCRIPTION
The work included in this Section covers the complete dewatering of the Site as required during
the excavation and construction of the building, including the provision of temporary piezometer.

2.0 DEWATERING SYSTEM(S) DESIGN


2.1 The Contractor shall submit for approval his proposed design and detailed layout for the
dewatering system or systems he intends to install. The proposed system(s) shall be designed
to ensure the following:

a. The lowering of the water table over the site to allow excavation to proceed and
maintaining the water level below the base of excavation as it proceeds (drawdown period).
b. The reduction of piezometric levels in the underlying strata sufficiently during the drawdown
stage to ensure stability of the excavation.
c. Once excavation is complete the water level in the ground must be maintained, during the
construction period, at least 1.00 metre below the deepest excavation level until the
Engineer decides dewatering may be stopped. Restoring the water level to its initial
position shall be made after the space between the face of the excavation and the
basement wall is backfilled and once the weight of the structure exceeds the hydrostatic
uplift and the roof slab of the basement is completed and formwork stripped. In any event,
the decision as to when dewatering operations shall cease or be reduced shall be
exclusively that of the Engineer.
d. That "heave" of the excavation base due to upward ground water pressure does not occur.
e. The System(s) must run twenty-four (24) hours a day and the design shall include sufficient
standby pumps connected in the system(s) so as to operate automatically in case of pumps
failure.

3.0 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES

Perform dewatering work in accordance with applicable rules, regulations, codes and ordinances
of local authorities, and in accordance with the requirements of the public utility Owners having
jurisdiction over the work. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits, licenses and certificates and
give all notices as required during the performance of the dewatering work.

4.0 DEWATERING EQUIPMENT AND MONITORING PIEZOMETERS

4.1 Provide and maintain complete dewatering equipment necessary for lowering and maintaining
the water table at the required levels.

4.2 Provide all necessary perimeter trenches, pipes, sumps, pumps, etc., as required for the
purpose of collecting and disposing of all excess water inflow into the bottom of excavations.

4.3 Provide and maintain minimum two (2) temporary piezometers for monitoring the water table
levels on site on a daily basis during the drawdown and construction phases. The location is to
be decided by the Engineer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 22 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

4.4 Failure of equipment or system(s) installed by the Contractor shall not entitle the Contractor to
additional payment or extra time for completion in respect of any additional measures
necessarily employed by him in order to provide and maintain dry working conditions.

5.0 SUBMITTALS

5.1 Before commencing any work under this Section submit the following for approval by the
Engineer:

a. Detailed shop drawings indicating system(s) layout, pumps, standby


pumps, generators, access, temporary piezometers, etc., and complete
design criteria and calculations.

b. A dewatering programme showing commencement and completion dates for the various
stages of the dewatering works and indicating the methods and sequence of operations
involved, with full details of the necessary attendant labour to be provided on a full time
round-the-clock basis.

5.2 The Engineer's approval to the above referred submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from
his obligations and liabilities under the Contract and the Contractor shall be responsible for
selecting, operating and maintaining an efficient dewatering system(s) such as will ensure dry
working conditions through the drawdown and construction periods.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

6.0 MATERIALS

6.1 Provide suitable dewatering materials which are necessary for keeping the excavation dry.
Materials shall be as selected by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Such approval
shall not absolve the Contractor from his responsibility to provide adequate dewatering system
in accordance with the requirements of the contract.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

7.0 GENERAL

7.1 Install and maintain complete dewatering system(s) and temporary piezometers in accordance
with the approved shop drawing and dewatering programme.

7.2 All pumps and other equipment shall have proper safety guards and locations of all equipment
shall be properly lit and supervised at all times.

7.3 Provide and maintain easy and safe access to all pumps and valves in the dewatering
system(s).

7.4 Maintain the area between the shoring line and the structure and keep free of any oil, fuel,
rubbish, etc., arising from the operation and maintenance of the dewatering system.

IV. TERMITE CONTROL

1.0 SCOPE:

This section covers soil treatment for termite control below grade and at interior and exterior
foundation perimeter.

2.0 COORDINATION:

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 23 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Prior to mixing or application of any chemical treatment, the Contractor shall have a meeting with
the representative of the product manufacturer and/or supplier along with his proposed applicator
for the project. Purpose of this meeting will ensure that the applicator applying the materials is
knowledgeable in mixing and application procedures as set out in these specifications. The Owner
shall be notified 48 hours prior to beginning of treatment in order to witness the mixing and
application.

3.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

Applicator's Qualifications: Work under this section shall be done by a qualified applicator,
approved by the product manufacturer's authorized representative who has a minimum of five years
documented experience.

Technical Field Service: The manufacturer and/or supplier of the chemical treatment products
shall provide the service of full-time trained employee to supervise the mixing and application of the
chemical treatment products.

4.0 SUBMITTALS:

Submit the following in accordance with the requirements set forth at the Conditions of Contract:

Data: Specifications and data covering physical properties, manufacturer’s recommended


application rate, mixing, application and safety procedures.

Test Reports: Independent testing laboratory report on the chemical to be used along with
regulatory agency approval reports shall be submitted.

pH Report: Report of soil pH test.

5.0 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:

All chemical materials shall be delivered in the original unopened packages bearing the name of the
manufacturer and the brand. Chemical materials shall be kept in a cool dry area until ready to be
used; they shall be kept off the ground and under cover.

6.0 PROJECT CONDITIONS:

Environmental Requirements: No application shall be made when the temperature is 4ºC or


below or expected to drop below 4ºC within 24 hours after application. The material shall not be
applied when heavy rains are in the forecast or where conditions may cause runoff creating an
environmental hazard.

7.0 WARRANTY:

Treatment Performance: The Contractor shall be responsible for performance of the chemical
treatment against termites for a period of twenty years after Preliminary Acceptance. The warranty
shall provide for retreatment of all treated areas, in the case of any occurrence of infestation or
reinfestation by subterranean termites within the warranty period; and shall repair damage to any
element of the structure caused by the failure of the chemical treatment.

8.0 MAINTENANCE:

Annual Inspection: The Contractor or his supplier shall inspect the facilities treated in the
company of the Owner, and give a written report to the Owner.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 24 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

9.0 MATERIALS:
The termiticides chemical treatment material shall be from a pyrothroid compound
series with permethrin as the primary active ingredient.
10.0 MIXES: The base chemical shall be mixed with potable water to achieve a final concentration
between 0.5 to 1.0 percent of active ingredient as recommended by the manufacturer. Final
concentration shall be determined by the soil pH test of the area to be treated.

11.0 PREPARATION:
Site Examination: A soil pH test shall be performed on the facility site prior to mixing and
application of toxic chemicals.

Prior to application, compaction and final grading shall be complete and areas shall be sufficiently
dry to absorb toxic chemicals, and ready to receive treatment.

Equipment: The Contractor shall have all equipment necessary for application on site prior to
mixing, and such equipment shall be types recommended by manufacturer of termiticide.

12.0 APPLICATION:

The application shall be as per the method prescribed by the applicator in strict accordance.
Chemical treatment shall be applied prior to construction of foundation footings, grade beams, and
on soil under floor slabs on grade at a rate indicated on the approved submittals. Soil or fill material
disturbed after treatment shall be retreated before concrete placement. Treatments shall be applied
prior to placement of a vapor barrier or waterproof membrane and at least 12 hours prior to
concrete placement. Where treated soil or fill material is not to be covered with a vapor barrier or
waterproof membrane, adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent its disturbance.

Additional treatment shall be applied to all structural penetration of utilities (e.g. plumbing drain
pipes, electrical conduits, grounding rods, and etc.,) at points of entry to the structures.

13.0 CLEANUP:

Decontamination: The Contractor shall decontaminate any chemical spills associated with
termiticides mixing and application especially in the area of potable water supply. Decontamination
shall follow the recommendation (both materially and method) of the chemical manufacturer and/or
supplier.

14.0 PROTECTION:

Areas receiving chemical treatment shall be protected with an impermeable vapor barrier,
especially when concrete pours will be delayed.

15.0 SCHEDULES:

Application Schedules: The following locations will receive termiticide treatment.


1. under slabs on grade.
2. under foundation.
3. Soil within 3 meters of building perimeter.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 25 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

SECTION C – CONCRETE WORK

DESCRIPTION

a. General
Provide cast-in-place concrete in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

b. STANDARDS

c. Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the
applicable provisions and recommendations of the following (latest editions):

BS 8110 "Code of Practice for the Structural Use of Concrete"


PART 1: 1985
BS 12 "Portland Cement"
BS 410 "Test Sieves"
BS 882 "Aggregates from Natural Sources"
BS 1305 "Batch Type Concrete Mixers"
BS 1881 "Methods of Testing Concrete"
BS 3148 "Tests for Water for Making Concrete"
BS 4027 "Sulphate-Resisting Portland Cement"
BS 4251 "Truck Type Concrete Mixers"
BS 4449 "Hot Rolled Steel Bars for the Reinforcement of Concrete"
BS 4466 "Bending Dimensions and Scheduling of Reinforcement for Concrete"
BS 5328 "Methods of specifying concrete, including ready-mixed Concrete"
BS 4483 "Steel Fabric for Reinforcement of Concrete"
BS 4550 "Methods of Testing Cement"
BS 5075 "Concrete Admixtures"
BS 5337 "Code of Practice for the Structural Use of Concrete for Retaining Aqueous Liquids"
ACI 211.1 "Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete"
ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings"
ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and placing Concrete".
ACI 305 "Hot W eather Concreting".
ACI 309 "Consolidation of Concrete".
ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures".
ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Forwork".
AW S D1.4 "Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel".
CRSI "Placing Reinforcing Bars".
ASTM A615 "Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement".
ASTM C31 "Methods of Making and Curing Concrete Test Speciments in the Field".
ASTM C33 "Concrete Aggregates".
ASTM C94 "Ready-Mixed Concrete".
ASTM C150 "Portland Cement".

d. This Specification Section shall govern all cast-in-place concrete work for the complete
project except where more stringent or specialized requirements are indicated. All work
shall be performed to secure for the entire project homogeneous concrete having the
required strength, surface finish, materials, durability, and weathering resistance, without
planes of weakness or other structural defects, and free of honeycombs, air pockets,
voids, projections, offsets of plane and other defacements of concrete. The Contractor
will be fully responsible for any defects or damage in the building arising from faulty
materials or workmanship and the costs of remedial measures in order to ensure that the
completed work complies with the Contract Documents.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 26 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

e. Base construction methodology on the construction indicated in the Contract Documents.


No alterations or substitutions of the structural systems shown on the Drawings will be
permitted unless otherwise specified.
f. Supervise and coordinate all phases of the concrete construction process and be
responsible for the complete manufacturing process for all concrete work. All methods of
manufacture and practices of handling raw materials and manufactured concrete shall be
reviewed by the Engineer prior to execution of the concrete work.

g. Only materials of known quality shall be incorporated in the work. All materials shall be
properly selected, reviewed with the Engineer before use, and maintained during
shipment, storage and use. Construction systems and techniques shall be properly
selected, reviewed with the Engineer before use, and maintained throughout the
complete concrete construction phase. Adequate spare equipment parts, additional
components and repair facilities shall be available for all tools and equipment.

h. Regardless of reviews and approvals by the Engineer, be responsible for all materials,
methods and the work, and if any work does not satisfy the Contract Documents,
implement removal, replacement or remedial work and revise procedures or materials to
prevent recurrence of unacceptable work at no additional cost to the Employer.

i. SUBMITTALS

i. Shop Drawings

Submit detail fabrication and placement drawings for all formwork and reinforcing steel which are
correlated with forming and concrete placement techniques and requirements.
a. Reinforcing shall be detailed based on construction joint locations which shall have been
shown on shop drawings reviewed and approved by the Engineer.
b. The drawings shall be in such details as to assure that difficulties in execution of the work
in the field are minimized.
c. The drawings shall consist of sections, plans and details clearly showing locations, sizes
and spacing of all reinforcing steel, supporting bars and accessories. Include on the shop
drawings, schedules and diagrams to indicate bends, sizes and lengths of all reinforcing
steel bars.
d. A separate set of shop drawings, which shows the construction joint locations, shall show
all floor openings, wall openings and edges of concrete. Floor, wall openings and
sleeves for all mechanical, plumbing and electrical work shall be coordinated with the
respective trades and shown on these shop drawings in accordance with the criteria
indicated on the Contract Drawings and contained in the various applicable Sections of
the Specification.
e. No work shall be fabricated until all shop drawings have been reviewed and approved by
the Engineer (with corrections and resubmittals as required by the Contract Documents).
After review and approval by the Engineer, furnish all copies needed for fabrication and
erection, and for use of other trades.
f. Be fully responsible for furnishings and installing all materials called for or required by the
Contract Documents even though these materials may have been omitted from the
reviewed shop drawings.
g. Submit shop drawings for all formwork showing locations of joints, tie bolts, cones,
dummy cones, openings, chamfers, inserts, fittings and accessories for the approval of
the Engineer before fabrication of formwork.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 27 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

h. Submit design calculations in accordance with ACI Standard 301, Chapter 4, Para 4.2,
wherever required for the supporting system of the formwork along with the shop
drawings for the supporting system, for approval of the Engineer.

ii. Samples

a. Provide cut lengths of reinforcing as requested by the Engineer for testing or evaluation
by the Laboratory as required by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not fabricate any
reinforcing bars prior to the approval of the Engineer.

b. Provide samples of all materials and concrete accessories of every type proposed for use
including component parts of prefabricated formwork systems and manufacturer's
technical literature relating thereto. Prepare mock-ups and carry out such tests on the
proposed prefabricated formwork systems as may be required by the Engineer in order
that he may be satisfied as to the system's suitability.

c. Furnish reinforcement and accessories for sample panels and mocked-up portions of the
structure as required using all materials and techniques as they will be used in actual
construction.

iii. Mill Tests

Furnish the Engineer with certified mill test reports for cement, steel reinforcement and
welded wire fabric.

iv. Certifications for Admixtures

As specified under admixtures.

v. Test Reports

Submit preliminary test results for the Engineer's approval at least three weeks prior to the
beginning of the work. In addition to the test reports specified under "Quality Control",
submit the following directly to the Engineer:
a. Preliminary Design Mix Reports (BS 8110 Section 6)
b. Aggregate Soundness Test Reports (ASTM C88)
c. Aggregate Staining Test Reports (ASTM C641)
d. Air Entrainment Test Reports (ASTM C260)

j. PRODUCT HANDLING
4.1 Comply with BS 8110, Section 6.

k. ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
5.1 Hot Weather Concreting
Refer to Clause 1.02 "STANDARDS".

l. QUALITY CONTROL
6.1 Preliminary Tests (Trial Tests)

A. Target Mean Strength

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 28 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The concrete mix shall have at least the required minimum cement content and mean strength greater
than the required characteristic strength by at least the current margin. The current margin shall be taken
as the lesser of:

a) 1.64 times the standard deviation of cube tests on at least 100 separate batches of concrete of
nominally similar proportions of similar materials and produced over a period not exceeding 12
months by the same plant under similar supervision, but not less than one sixth (1/6) of the
characteristic strength for concrete of grade 70,100 or 150 or not less than 37.50 kg/cm2 for
concrete of grade 200 or above.

b) 1.64 times the standard deviation of cube tests on at least 40 separate batches of concrete of
nominally similar proportions of similar materials and produced over a period exceeding 5 days
but not exceeding 6 months by the same plant under similar supervision, but not less than one
third (1/3) of the characteristic strength for concrete of grade 70, 100 or 150 or not less than 75
Kg/cm2 for concrete of grade 200 or above.

If enough data is not available to satisfy the requirements of either (a) or (b) above mentioned,
the margin shall be taken as two-thirds (2/3) of the characteristic strength for concrete of grade
70, 100 and 150 or 100 kg/cm2 for concrete of grade 200 or above. When required characteristic
strength approaches maximum possible strength of concrete a smaller margin but not less than
75kg/cm2 shall be permitted. Evidence shall be submitted to the Engineer for each grade of
concrete showing that at the intended workability, the proposed mix proportions and
manufacturing method will produce concrete of required quality. Declare any change in source of
material and any change in cement content, nature and source of each material, full details of
tests on trial mixes, proposed quantities of each ingredient per cubic metre of fully compacted
concrete.

B. To establish the suitability of any material used in the concrete work, unless specified otherwise,
make preliminary tests and prepare design mixes, in accordance with ACI-301, Chapter 3,
Paragraph 3.8, Method 1 or Method 2, in a design laboratory acceptable to the Engineer.

C. In addition to the tests required to establish the suitability of materials, make one test for each design
mix to verify that the total Chloride (C1) ion content and the total Sulfate (SO3) content of each mix
is within the specified limits. Perform Chloride tests in accordance with "Standard Method of
Sampling and Testing for Total Chloride Ion in Concrete" as contained in Report No. FHW A-RD-77-
85 published by U.S Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration. Perform
Sulfate (SO3) tests in accordance with ASTM C114.

D. Trial Mixes

a) Where trial mixes are requested by the Engineer, three separate batches of concrete shall be
made using material likely to be typical of the proposed supply and preferably under full scale
production conditions. If circumstances make this inconvenient the batches may be mixed in the
laboratory only if approved by the Engineer.

b) Sampling and testing shall be strictly in accordance with BS 1881. The workability of each batch
of concrete shall be determined and three (3) cubes made from each batch of concrete for test at
28 days. A further three (3) cubes from each batch shall be made for test at earlier age. The trial
mix proportions shall be approved by the Engineer if the average strength of nine (9) cubes tested
at 28 days exceeds the specified characteristic strength by the appropriate margin or if nine (9)
cubes tested at an earlier age indicate that it is likely to be exceeded by the amount. The
appropriate margin is the margin as given in Clause 1.06.A.1 herein for concrete of nominally
similar proportions and of similar materials to the trial mix. For this purpose if the trial mix does
not differ by more than 30 kg/m3 of cement from a reference mix of similar workability, then the
proportions may be regarded as "nominally similar" and the current margin for the reference mix
can be taken as the appropriate margin for the trial mix.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 29 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

If trial mixes are required to demonstrate that the maximum free water/cement ratio is not
exceeded, two batches shall be made in a laboratory with cement and saturated sand surface dry
aggregate known from past records of the Suppliers of the materials to be typical. The proposed
mix proportions shall be accepted only if both batches have the correct cement content and free
water/cement ratio below the maximum specified value at the proposed degree of workability.

c). Have a representative present at the laboratory when the preliminary tests are made. W henever
a change of brand or source for any of the concrete ingredients occurs, additional "preliminary
tests" will be required and the cost of these tests shall be borne by the Contractor.

6.2 Plant and Field Tests and Inspection

A. Concrete work will be subject to detailed inspection and tests at the plant and in the field. Notify the
Engineer one day in advance of concrete work. Inspection, field tests and sampling of concrete
taken from the job will be carried out under the direction of the Engineer. Likewise the conducting of
tests carried out by the Contractor in his site testing laboratory shall be under the direction of the
Engineer.

a. Concrete shall be produced in accordance with BS 5328. BS 5328 requires that tests are made on
the constituent materials in accordance with the relevant British Standard, (refer to part 2 of this
Section), and that control tests are made on concrete to ensure compliance with the specified
requirements.

b. When tested, the concrete shall meet the appropriate requirements specified in BS 5328, such as:

a) Characteristic compressive strength


b) Specified mix proportions
c) Minimum or maximum cement content
d) Maximum free-water/cement ratio
e) Workability
f) Air content of concrete
g) Density of fully compacted concrete.

c. Rate of sampling and testing shall be as specified and/or as directed by the Engineer. The cost of
sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor.

F. Facilitate sampling procedure and provide labour and material as required. Notify the Engineer
when reinforcing steel is in place in order to facilitate any inspection he deems necessary. Submit
checking sheets before placing concrete. Do not place concrete until these inspections have been
completed and all deficiencies reported by the Engineer have been corrected to the Engineer's
satisfaction.

G. Supply all moulds required for tests as described below, using moulds of the same type and
manufacture for making all test specimens. If field tests show excessive slumps or other violations
of the Contract Documents, the entire batch of concrete from which the sample in question was
taken will be rejected and shall be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense. The Engineer
will inspect all concrete operations in the plant and in the field.
H. For ready-mix concrete, each load of concrete arriving at the job shall be accompanied by a delivery
ticket which shall be subject to checking by the Engineer at the plant and which shall contain the
following information:

a) The strength of the mix of concrete being delivered.

b) The exact time the cement and aggregate were discharged into the delivery truck. If upon
reaching the job the concrete cannot be placed within the time limits stated, or if the type of
concrete delivered is incorrect, the Engineer will reject the load and it shall be removed from the
site at the Contractor's expense.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 30 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

c) List of admixtures and concentration percentage.

I. Under the supervision and direction of the Engineer the Contractor will take specimens of each class
of concrete from different locations on the job as follows:

a) At least twelve (12) specimens for each 40 cubic metres or fraction there of each class of
concrete and in any case not less than twelve (12) specimens for any one day's operations.

b) Test specimens will be taken at pouring locations to give a fair average of the concrete in the part
of the construction indicated.

c) Samples will be obtained in accordance with B.S. 1881.

d) At least two slump tests: ASTM C143.

e) Testing shall conform to B.S. 1881 or ASTM C31 in making, curing and subsequently handling
test specimens, except as modified herein. Cubes shall be engraved with the date of placing and
the serial numbers of the cubes (1 to 2) plus a universal serial number representing the number
of the pour.

f) The cubes shall be placed in laboratory storage on Site under moist curing conditions at
approximately 21 degree C within 24 hours after molding and maintained therein until ready for
testing at the Laboratory. Three cube specimens will be tested at seven days, and if the seven
day strength is deficient, the Contractor will notify the Engineer. Three cubes will then be tested at
14 days, three cubes of 28 days, and the remaining 3 cubes will be tested as directed by the
Engineer, having been cured with curing compound for 28 days.
g) Under the supervision and direction of the Engineer the Contractor will take specimens of each
class of concrete, and an independent Testing Agency, approved by the Engineer, will perform
one test for each 100 cubic metres to verify that the total Chloride ion content and the total
Sulfate content are each within the specified limits. As soon as the concrete is no longer plastic,
but in no event more than 24 hours after placement, the Testing Agency will perform tests in
accordance with the procedure herein specified under Paragraph 1.06.A.3.

h) Keep records of all specimens taken and tests made using a proforma approved by the Engineer.
Such records shall be signed by the Contractor and the Engineer.

6.3 Change of Current Margin

When the results of a sufficiently large number of tests show that the previously established margin is
significantly too large or too small, a change in the current margin used for judging compliance with the
specified characteristic strength may be appropriate. Recalculation of the margin shall be carried out as
before, but the adoption of recalculated value will not generally be justified if the two values differ by less
than 18% when based on tests on 40 separate batches or less than 11% when based on tests on 100
separate batches, or less than 5% when based on tests on 500 separate batches. This recalculated
margin if adopted becomes the current margin for the judgment of compliance with the specified
characteristic strength of concrete.

6.4 Testing Plan

Each 3 cubes shall be made from a single sample taken from a randomly selected batch of concrete. The
sample shall be taken from the point of discharge from the delivery vehicle. The characteristic strength of
concrete shall comply with the following requirements:-

a) The average strength determined from any group of four consecutive sets of test cubes exceeds
the specified characteristic strength by not less than 0.3 times the current margin.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 31 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.
.

b) Each individual test result is greater than 85% of the specified strength.

The current margin shall be taken as given in Paragraph 1.06.A.1. If only one cube result fails to
meet the second requirement mentioned above, that result may be considered to represent only
the particular batch of concrete from which that cube was taken, provided the average strength of
the group satisfied the first requirement. If more than one cube fails to meet the second
requirement or if the average strength of any group of four consecutive test cubes fails to meet
the second requirement, then all the concrete in all the batches represented by all such cubes
shall be deemed not to comply with the strength requirements.

6.5 Enforcement

When the average strength of four consecutive test cubes fail to meet the first requirement mentioned in
the testing plan, the mix proportions of subsequent batches of concrete shall be modified to increase the
strength. The Engineer shall decide as to what action may be taken for test cubes that fail to meet the
requirements mentioned. In estimating the quality of the sub-standard concrete and in determining the
action to be taken the following shall be considered:
a) The validity of test results and confirmation that specimen sampling and testing have been carried
out in accordance with B.S. 1881. Concrete shall be judged by the strength of specified
characteristic strength, together with the cement content, in comparison with the specified
minimum cement content.
b) The mix proportions actually used in concrete under investigation.
c) The actual section of the structure represented by the test cubes.
c) The possible influence of any reduction in concrete quality in the strength and durability of this
section of structure.
The Engineer may require tests to be carried on the hardened concrete in structure. Where tests show
that concrete is below specified strength, remove all, or a part of, the concrete in all of the batches
deemed not to comply with the strength requirements as directed by the Engineer. Full cost of removal of
low strength concrete and its replacement with concrete of proper specified strength shall be borne by the
Contractor.

6.6 Strength

Compliance with the specified characteristic strength shall be judged by tests made on cubes at an age of
28 days. Not more than 5% of the cube test results shall be allowed to fall below the characteristic
strength of concrete.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MATERIALS
7.1 Manufacturers

The products and manufacturers specified herein after are specified for the purpose of establishing
minimum quality standards. Products equal in quality to, or better than those specified, will be considered
acceptable. The decision of acceptability will rest with the Engineer.

7.2 Cement
a. Alkali Content for All Types of Cement
Maximum 0.6% equivalent of Sodium Oxide (Na2O) (ASTM C227)

b. Ordinary Cement
B.S.12 or ASTM C150, Type I non-standing
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 32 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

c. Sulphate Resisting Portland Cement


B.S. 4027 or ASTM C150, Type V

d. Sulphate resisting cement shall be used as directed by the Engineer in all work below the ground
floor level which is in contact with soil or water proofing or protection board or vapour barrier.
e. Cement shall originate from sources and manufacturers acceptable to the Engineer and shall be
delivered in sealed bags. Only one brand of cement shall be used for each type of cement. When
received at the batch plant, all bags shall be intact and cement shall be completely dry. Cement
exposed to moisture or wetting of any kind during shipment or storage shall not be used on the job.
f. Stale cement or cement with cakes or lumps shall not be used.
g. All cement stored on site shall be kept thoroughly dry and shall be stored in water tight sheds on a
floor raised at least 200mm above ground. Cement stacks shall have labels indicating dates of
manufacture and arrival at the storage site. A maximum of fifteen bags shall be stacked if the
storage period is not more than four weeks and eight bags if the storage period is over four weeks
but not more than three months. Any cement stored for more than three months shall not be used
without the explicit written permission of the Engineer.
h. When tests performed on field samples, subsequent to the original approval tests, show that the
cement does not comply with the Specifications, the entire consignment from which the sample was
taken shall be rejected. Rejected cement shall not be permitted in storage areas or on the Site and
shall be removed within twenty four hours.
i. Cement shall be protected from direct exposure to sun. Cement temperature shall not exceed 50º C.
j. All Type V Cement shall have tri-calcium aluminate content not exceeding five percent (5%).

7.3 Aggregate

A. In general, aggregate shall comply with B.S. 882, Concrete Aggregates from Natural Sources" or
ASTM C33, and shall be graded in accordance with these requirements, irrespective of whether
concrete is mixed on site or elsewhere. The Contractor shall nominate the source of supply and
shall provide grading curves of aggregate for approval.
B. Aggregate shall consist of fine sand or stone aggregates and crushed stone, crushed rock or gravel.
Separate stockpiles of fine aggregate and each size of coarse aggregate gradation shall be used.
Each aggregate type shall be from a single consistent source.
C. Storage piles of aggregates shall be placed on concrete hardstand which has good drainage.
Stockpiles shall have walls separating adjacent materials and shall be covered to preclude
segregation or instruction of foreign materials and to preserve the gradation. Sufficient storage shall
be maintained to assure placement of concrete at the necessary rate. Use properly constructed
sheds to protect aggregates from direct sun radiation and from blowing sands.
D. Aggregates shall be hard, durable, clean and free from adherent coating and dust and when directed
by the Engineer, shall be washed and sieved to remove deleterious substances.
E. Aggregates shall not contain harmful materials, such as salts, iron pyrites, coal, mica, shale or
similar particles which may reduce the strength or durability of the concrete. Aggregates shall not
contain any material that may be chemically active with reinforcement or that may react to cause
efflorescence or that may be alkali reactive.
F. Alkali reactive limestone aggregates such as "Dolomitic" shall not be used.
G. The grading of each size of aggregate from each pit, quarry or other sources of supply shall be
determined at least once weekly. The results of such tests shall be reported to the Engineer and
shall be used to check whether the gradings are similar to those of the samples used in the
establishment of batch weight used.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 33 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

H. Supplier's certificate shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval of the source of aggregate.
I. Aggregate for exposed unpainted concrete shall be specially selected for colour as approved by the
Engineer and shall come from a single source.
J. All aggregates shall be screened and washed and shall have less than the following maximum salt
contents as acid soluble chlorides and sulphates. The table also shows the maximum salt content
allowed in the mixed concrete. Aggregates for coloured concrete must be approved by the Engineer
prior to use.
Chlorides Sulphate

Percent of weight of fine aggregate 0.06 0.4


Percent of weight of course aggregate 0.03 0.4

Total percent in concrete as percent by weight of cement0.1 (OPC) 0.2 (SRPC) 4.0
K. Fine aggregates shall consist of natural sand or crushed gravel sand and shall comply with BS 882
"Concrete Aggregates from Natural Sources" having hard and durable particles or other inert
materials having similar characteristics conforming to the following requirements:

a) Fineness Modulus: 2.4 to 3.0 ASTM C125


b) Fineness modulus shall not vary more than 0.20 from value used in establishing mix proportions.
If greater deviation, the use of such aggregates shall be discontinued until suitable adjustments in
mix proportions can be made and reviewed.
c) Magnesium Sulfate Soundness: Max. 5% loss, ASTM C88, 5 cycles
d) Potential Reactivity: Not reactive C289.
e) Content of Clay Lumps: Max. 1% by weight ASTM C142
f) Gradation requirements as follows:

Size of Sieve Opening Percentage by Weight


(Square openings) (Passing-ASTM C33, C117)

3/8 inch (9.5 mm) 100


No. 4 (4.75 mm) 95-100
No. 8 (2.36 mm) 80-100
No. 16 (1.18 mm) 50-85
No. 30 (0.60 mm) 25-60
No. 50 (0.30 mm) 15-30
No. 100 (0.15 mm) 3-10
No. 200 (0.075 mm) 0-5

Other gradations not meeting the above requirements may be permitted upon submission of relevant data
and review by the Engineer.

g) Fine aggregates shall be free of organic materials (ASTM C40) and other foreign matter.

L. Coarse aggregates for concrete shall consist of crushed gravel or crushed stone. The crushing shall
be regulated so that the material retained on the No.8 (2.36 mm) sieve, at least 90 percent by weight
shall consist of pieces with at least one fractured face and at least 75 percent by weight shall consist
of material with at least two fractured faces. In addition, the coarse aggregates shall meet the
following requirements:

a) Magnesium Sulfate Soundness: Max. 5% loss, ASTM C88, 5 cycles.


b) Potential Reactivity: Not Reactive ASTM C289.
c) Abrasion: Max. 10% loss ASTM C131, 100 C131, 100 revolutions.
d) Flat and Elongated Particles: 3:1 max. ASTM C125 5:1 max. 10%.
e) Content of Clay Lumps: Max. 0.5% by weight ASTM C142.
f) Shale: Max. 2% by weight.
g) Bulk Saturated Surface Dry Specific Gravity: Min. 2.58 ASTM C125.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 34 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

d) Gradation requirements:

Other gradations not meeting the above requirements may be permitted upon submission of
relevant data and review by the Engineer.

e) The maximum size of aggregates shall be 1 inch (25.4 mm) for columns, walls
and basement slabs, and 3/4 inch (19.0mm) for slabs and beams. In addition,
the maximum aggregate size shall not exceed 20 percent of the narrowest
member that is being concreted, nor shall it exceed 75 percent of the clear
spacing between adjacent steel reinforcement or between reinforcement and
adjacent formwork.

7.4 Water

a. Water for washing aggregates and for mixing of concrete shall be clean, fresh and free of harmful
matter such as oil, salts, acids, alkali, sewage, deleterious minerals or organic matter. W ater shall
be filtered to remove any colour or residues present due to contamination from water piping or
transportation or storage methods.
b. Water shall comply with the requirements of BS 5328.
c. Water shall be tested in accordance with BS 3148.
7.5 Admixtures

A. Suitable admixtures of the following approved types may be incorporated in the concrete only with
the prior written approval of the Engineer.

a) Water reducing set retarders.


b) Set retarders.
c) Water reducing agents.
d) Air entraining admixtures for lightweight concrete.

B. The Engineer shall be advised in advance of the following data:-

a) The typical dosage and detrimental effects of under-dosage and over-dosage.


b) Chemical name(s) of the main active ingredient(s) in the admixture.

c) Whether or not the admixture leads to the entrainment of air when used at manufacturer's
recommended dosage.

d) Admixtures containing chlorides in excess of 0.03% by mass of the cement, nitrates, calcium
chloride, sulphides and sulphates shall not be used.

e) Admixtures submitted for Engineer's approval shall be certified in writing by the manufacturer
to be in compliance with B.S. 5075 OR ASTM C494.

f) Air entraining admixtures for lightweight concrete shall comply with ASTM C260 or BS 5075:
PART (2).

g) The type of admixture selected in accordance with the above mentioned standards must be to
the approval of the Engineer. All admixtures must be mutually compatible.

f) Admixture used in the work shall be obtained from reliable manufacturers whose products
have previously been used successfully in UAE or on other international projects in countries
having similar climate to UAE.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 35 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

j) Admixtures shall be used in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and
recommendations and shall be certified by the manufacturer to be suitable for use during hot
weather extremes. Admixtures shall be stored safe from adverse temperatures in accordance
with manufacturer's printed instructions or recommendations.
k) The suitability and effectiveness of any admixture approved by the Engineer, shall be verified
by trial mixes with the cements, aggregates and other materials to be used in the works before
final approval is given.
l) Not withstanding what has been stated above, the Contractor must allow in his Tender for
testing the type of admixture he proposes to use.
m) Admixtures where approved may be added only by using the manufacturer's recommended
dispensers-no adding of admixture by hand is allowed.

n) The entire amount of materials used for concrete shall have controlled sources of individual
components such that the total mix meets the requirements of the Contract Documents.
Unless specified otherwise, the total Chloride (C1) ion content in the entire mix shall not
exceed 0.20 percent of the weight of cement when SRPC is used and 0.1 percent when OPC
is used. The total water-soluble Sulfate (SO3) content in the entire mix shall not exceed 4
percent of the weight of cement in the mix. The total Calcium Chloride (Ca Cl2) content in the
total mix shall not exceed 0.01 percent of the weight of cement.

o) The total alkali content of the concrete mix of Na2O equivalent shall not exceed 3 Kg/m3. All
sources of alkali shall be taken into account for calculating the total alkali content. In particular
the contribution of Sodium Chloride whether from aggregate or from mixing water must be
included.

7.6 Reinforcement

A. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed bars complying with BS 4449 type 2 deformation having a
characteristic strength (fy) not less than 4200 Kg/cm2 (420 N/mm2) OR complying with ASTM A615
Grade 60 steel.

B. Mesh reinforcement shall conform to B.S. 4483 OR to ASTM A185.


C. No welding of reinforcement should be carried out without the Engineer's approval.
D. Bundle and tag reinforcement with suitable identification to facilitate sorting, transporting, storing and
placing at the Site.
E. All reinforcement bars shall be cut and bent to shape as per the approved bar bending schedule. All
bars shall be tagged showing the corresponding bar number as shown on the relevant Bar Bending
Schedule.

7.7 Bar Supports

A. Spacer blocks with cast in tie wire may be used with written agreement of the Engineer for support of
the bottom layer of reinforcing in the raft foundation slab only. The blocks shall be of minimum size
and made from cement sand small aggregate mix to match surrounding concrete strength,
appearance and durability.

B. Other support devices and spacers shall be of such materials and of adequate strength and approved
design as to be durable and so as prevent displacement and corrosion of reinforcing steel and
prevent discoloration and spalling of concrete cover. The type of spacers acceptable shall be one of
the following:
a) High density plastic.
b) Hot-dipped galvanized bar supports with plastic feet.
c) Stainless steel.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 36 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

C. Individual and continuous slab bolsters and chairs shall be of a type to suit the various conditions
encountered and must be capable of supporting a 140 Kg (1.37 KN) concentrated load without
measurable permanent deformation of the reinforcement or indentation of the supporting surface.

7.8 Testing of Reinforcement Steel

A. Tests will be required by the Engineer on steel reinforcement and they shall be carried out in strict
accordance with the provisions of the above British Standards.
B. Tensile tests providing information on elastic limit, ultimate strength, and stress-strain curve will be
required from each delivery of reinforcement and measurements will also be required of cross
sections area and deformation/bond characteristics of deformed bars
C. The Contractor is to allow for four tensile and four bond tests, at his own cost, for each size of bar to
be used in the concrete construction.

D. One set of test results for each bar size shall be submitted to the Engineer three (3) weeks before
concrete work commences on Site. Remaining tests will be carried out at the discretion of the
Engineer.

E. Further tests may be called for when the source of supply of reinforcement changes in which case
the cost of such extra testing will be borne by the Contractor. W hen any test results do not conform
to the above standard the reinforcement steel shall be removed from the Site and the cost of
subsequent testing and any remedial work shall be borne by the Contractor.

7.9 Vapour Barrier

Polyethylene sheeting minimum 0.15 mm thick of approved manufacturer tested in accordance with
ASTM E96 and E154.

7.10 Curing Materials

A. Liquid Membrane Compound

AASHTO M148 OR ASTM C309, Type 1-D with fugitive dye 2; formulated to disintegrate after 28 days,
and guaranteed not to affect the bond of applied finishes. Methods for determining the efficiency of
curing compounds shall be in accordance with ASTM C156 OR United Kingdom Ministry of Public
Building and W orks (M.P.B.W) for Curing Membrane OR United Kingdom Department of Transport
(D.O.T).
B. Polyethylene Film: ASTM C171, 0.10mm thick, opaque black.
C. Water B.S. 5328 and B.S. 3148.
D. Notwithstanding what has been stated above, the Contractor must allow in his Tender for testing
the type curing compound he proposes to use.

7.11 Moist Cure, Hardener and Sealer

A. Hardeners
a) 'Lapidolith' - Sonneborn Contech, U.S.A.
b) ‘Nitoflor Lithurin’ - Fosroc
c) 'Sciolith' - Chem-Masters Corp, U.S.A.
d) 'Pena-lith' - W.R. Meadows Inc, U.S.A.
e) Other equivalent products from F.E.B.
B. Sealers
a) 'Son-No-Mar' - Sonneborn Contech, U.S.A.
b) 'Nitoflor FC110’ - Fosroc
c) 'Traz' - Chem Masters Corp. U.S.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 37 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

d) 'Tiah' - W.R. Meadows Inc. U.S.A.


e) Other equivalent products from F.E.B.

7.12 Waterstops

Extruded shapes formed of virgin polyvinylchloride, tensile strength 134 Kg/cm2, minimum elongation
200%. The type and size of the waterstop shall be suitable to its particular application as recommended
by the manufacturer and be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Use prefabricated joints.

7.13 Sealants

Refer to "Sealants" for joint sealants.


7.14 Formwork

A. For unexposed surfaces and rough work, use Exterior Type Douglas Fir, Grade B-B (concrete
form) plywood, conforming to NBS ps-1, minimum 19 mm thick. Before reusing forms, withdraw
nails and thoroughly clean surfaces to be in contact with concrete.

B. For exposed surfaces not otherwise specified use special exterior Type Douglas Fir, Grade A-B
plywood, conforming to NBS ps-1 minimum 19 mm thick OR high density (60-60) overlay plyform,
Class 1 EXT-DFPA, sanded grade having a hard semi-opaque resin-fibre overlay on both sides,
minimum 19mm thick and constructed so that finished concrete will be straight, smooth, dense,
free from honeycombs, bulges, or depressions. Keep joints between plywood sections to a
minimum and make tight and strongly backed so that adjoining edges remain flush and true.
Unsightly joint marks will not be permitted. Cover joints on exposed surfaces with smooth-faced
fibre reinforced tape.

C. Location of joints must be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

D. Prefabricated formwork systems may be used for all classes of concrete provided the
manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations are followed and the system has been
approved by the Engineer. Joints between sections of prefabricated forms shall be taped unless
otherwise recommended by the manufacturer and provided always, in the case of such
recommendation, the forms are water and mortar-tight to the Engineer's satisfaction.

7.15 Form Coating

B.P. CCM3 (British Petroleum) OR B.P. CM3 ® (British Petroleum) OR Calform (Caltex) OR Form wax of
a type which does not impart any stain to concrete nor interfere with the adhesion of any finish, sealant,
waterproofing material applied to any concrete surface and must be approved by the Engineer.

7.16 Form Ties

For securing forms where surfaces will be exposed in the finished work, use tie screws with removable
plastic cones, removable bolts, special removable ties, tie wires or Series 300 stainless steel snap ties.
For all other forms, either bolts or wires may be used. Use ties of such type that when forms are
removed, no metal is closer than 40 mm from the finished concrete surface.

7.17 Grout

A. Non-Metallic

One of the following or equal approved:


a) "Sono Grout" (Sonneborn - Contech)
b) "Five Star Grout" (U.S. Grout Corp.)
c) "Masterflow 713" (Master Builders Co.)
d) "Euco NS" (The Euclid Chemical Co.)

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 38 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

m. MIXES
8.1 Proportioning of Concrete

A. Comply with ACI Standard 211.1, OR BS 8110-85, Section 6, Para 6.2.4. Assume full
responsibility for the strength, consistency, water/cement ratio, and handling of concrete.
Cement, fine aggregate and the various sizes of coarse aggregate shall be measured by
weight.

B. Water/Cement Ratio
Comply with BS 8100-85, Section 6, Para 6.2.4, OR ACI 301, Chapter 3, Para 3.8, Method 1
or 2. The water/cement ratio of a batch of concrete shall not exceed the specified
maximum value by more that 5% of that value. If a maximum water/cement ratio has been
determined the ability to comply with that requirement at a suitable level of workability, shall
be determined by trial mixes. Maximum water/cement ratio may be judged from workability
tests and approved by the Engineer.
C. Cement Content

The cement content of any batch of concrete shall not be less than the specified minimum
value minus 5% of that value, nor more than the specified maximum value plue 5% of that
value. The cement content may be determined from samples representative of any batch of
concrete provided suitable test is used to measure the cement content of fresh concrete to
accuracy +/-5% of the actual value with a confidence of 95% and approved by the Engineer.
Table 6.1 of BS 8110: Part 1: 1985 gives the minimum cement required when using a
particular size of aggregate in a Portland cement concrete, to provide acceptable durability
under appropriate conditions of exposure. The reduced minimum cement contents shall only
be used when trial mixes have verified that concrete with a maximum free water/cement
ratio not greater than that given for a particular condition can be consistently produced and it
is suitable for the conditions of placing and compacting. The Engineer shall determine the
degree of exposure to be adopted for mix design.
D. Requirements for Fresh Concrete
Workability of concrete shall be such that the concrete is suitable for the conditions and
placing so that after compaction it surrounds all reinforcement and completely fills the
formwork. Workability shall be assessed by means of the slump test or compacting factor
test. An acceptable value for the mean slump for each concrete mix shall be agreed with
the Engineer and a value 65 mm can be taken as a guide. Following are the limits of
workability of concrete for these tests:-

Slump +/- 25mm or CF +/- .03 where required value is 0.9 or more.
+/- .04 where the required value is less than 0.9 but more than 0.8.
+/- .05 where required value is 0.8 or less.

The amount of water shall be measured by volume or by weight. The batch weights of
aggregates shall be adjusted to allow for moisture content typical of the aggregate being
used. The accuracy of the measuring equipment shall be within +/- 3% of the quantity of
cement, water or total aggregates being measured and within +/- 5% of the quantity of any
admixture being used. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean, serviceable
condition. The mixer shall comply with the requirements of B.S. 1305 or B.S 4251 where
applicable. The mixing time shall be not less than that used by the manufacturer in
assessing the mixer performance.

E. Adjustment to Mix Proportions

During production adjustments of mix proportions will be made in order to minimize the
variability of strength and to approach more closely the target mean strength as approved by

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 39 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

the Engineer. Such adjustments are regarded as part of the proper control of production by
the specified limits of minimum cement content and maximum water/cement ratio shall be
maintained. Such adjustments to mix proportions shall not be taken to imply any change to
the current margin.
8.2 Classes of Concrete

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Characteristic Cube Type and Use Grade Strength (28 Days)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
200 KG/CM BLINDING CONCRETE.
2
400 KG/CM ALL CAST-IN-PLACE REINFORCED CONCRETE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

When a sudden change in weather conditions occurs or is imminent during continuous


casting operations such as will, in the Engineer's opinion, affect the quality of the
concrete, the specified characteristic cube strength for cast-in-place reinforced concrete
2
shall be increased by 50 Kg/cm .

n. FORMWORK
9.1 General

A. The responsibility for the safety and adequacy of the whole of the formwork shall rest
entirely with the Contractor. Coordinate the work of all other trades affecting or affected by
work of this Section.

B. Except when they are varied by the requirements of these Specifications, the requirements
of the British Standard Specification and/or Codes of Practice shall form a binding part of
these Specifications.

C. Give 24 hours minimum notice to the Engineer as to when formwork will be ready for
inspection and allow sufficient time for inspection and adjustment.

D. Any work showing sings of damage through premature loading shall be demolished and
reconstructed at the Contractor's expense.

9.2 Workmanship

A. Reference shall be made to BS 5975 and appendix "C" of the Concrete Society Technical
Report No. 13, 'Formwork and the CIRIA Data Sheet' "Concrete pressure on Formwork".

B. Except for few areas having suspended false ceiling within the project, most of the structure
is either exposed or receiving applied finish. Therefore, toleraces specified under this part
are more stringent than those specified in ACI 301.

C. Provide structural cambers as specified on drawings. Unless otherwise specified for spans
greater than 6M provide L/600 mm camber. The shuttering for suspended slabs of more
than 6m span shall be generally laid to an upward camber of L/1000 mm span plus the
specified structural camber.

D. All formwork shall be constructed plumb, true, water and mortar tight, sufficiently rigid and
strong to prevent sagging between supports and to maintain true position and shape during
and after placing of concrete without bowing and distortion.

E. Exceptional care shall be taken to minimize fins, ridges, offsets, leaking of fins and other
defects.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 40 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

F. Only workmen experienced in formwork shall be used for this work.

G. Supports shall be designed to withstand the worst combination of self-weight and other
loads including formwork, reinforcement, wet concrete, construction and wind loads together
with all incidental dynamic effects caused by placing vibrating and compacting of concrete.

H. Deflection

The maximum permissible deflection under all loads shall not exceed 2 mm or 1/600 of the
free span, whichever is less.
J. Forms for beams and girders shall be designed to permit removal of at least one side
without shock to the partially set concrete and without disturbing the bottom portion of the
forms or its supports.
K. Prefabricated formwork shall be used in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed
instructions and approved shop drawings.

L. Provide 15 x 15 mm wrought hardwood fillet or other suitable material in the angles of the
formwork as shown on drawings or as required by the Engineer to provide chamfers in
columns beams and walls.

M. Anchor bolts, plates, sleeves, pipes, inserts, fixtures, electrical boxes, reinforcing steel, duct
openings, conduits, etc. shall be installed as per Drawings. Ample time shall be allowed for
the proper installation of such items. All steel items (other than reinforcement embedded in
concrete shall be hot-dipped galvanized.

N. Form Cleaning

All forms shall be thoroughly cleaned before placement of concrete and suitable temporary
openings provided to permit removal of undesirable materials from the interior without
disturbing the whole formwork. All surfaces in contact with concrete shall be wetted or
treated with an approved form releasing agent before placing of reinforcement. All formwork
shall be thoroughly cleaned of any old concrete or any other deposit before re-use.

P. Ensure that during concreting, formwork and supports are inspected by experienced
workmen and that any portion which shows signs of sagging or displacement is
straightened.

Q. All formwork shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer. This approval, however
does not relieve the Contractor of any of his liabilities and responsibilities under the
Contract.

R. Notwithstanding what has been stated above, the Contractor must allow in his Tender for
testing the type of form releasing agent he proposes to use.

o. REINFORCEMENT
10.1 General
Comply with B.S. 4449; B.S. 4461; B.S. 4482; B.S. 4483 OR ACI 301, Chapter 5, Paragraph
5.1, and ASTM A775-81.
10.2 Fixing
A. Comply with BS 8110, Section 7, Para 7.3 OR ACI standard 301, Chapter 5, Para 5.5
Reinforcement shall be secured against displacement outside the specified limits unless
specified otherwise:
a) The actual concrete cover shall be not less than the required nominal cover minus 5
mm.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 41 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

b) Where reinforcement is located in relation to only one face of a member (e.g. a straight
bar in a slab) the actual concrete cover shall not be more than the required nominal
cover plus:

i) 5mm on bars up to an including 12mm size


ii) 10mm on bars over 12mm up to and including 25mm size
Iii) 15mm on bars over 25mm size

B. Spacer chairs or other supports detailed on Drawings, together with such other supports as
may be necessary shall be used to maintain the reinforcement in its correct position. In a
member where the nominal cover is dimensioned to the links, spacers between the links and
formwork shall be of the same dimension as the nominal cover.

C. Non-structural connections for the positioning of reinforcement shall be made with steel wire,
tying devices or by welding. Care should be taken to ensure that the projection ends of ties
or clips do not encroach into the concrete cover.

D. The position of reinforcement shall be checked before and during concreting, particular
attention being paid to the position of top reinforcement in cantilever sections. Where there
is delay in depositing concrete after the placement of the reinforcement the Engineer may
require the Contractor to restore the reinforcement to a satisfactory condition and may
require protection of same from further corrosion.

E. Surface Condition of Reinforcement

Reinforcement shall not be surrounded by concrete unless it if free from mud, oil, paint,
retarders, loose rust, loose mill scale, grease or any other substance which may adversely
affect the steel or concrete chemically or reduce the bond. Badly rusted or pitted
reinforcement will be rejected. Mechanical brushes shall be used in cleaning steel bars.

F. All reinforcement will be properly stored under cover to avoid contact with the ground,
moisture, dust and salts and to avoid distortion once bent to shape. Improper storage will
be sufficient cause for rejection of reinforcement.

G. Laps and Joints of Reinforcement

Laps and joints shall only be made by methods specified and at the positions shown on the
Drawings or as agreed by the Engineer.
H. The splice lengths of all reinforcing bars which have to be spliced shall, unless otherwise
shown on the drawings, be in conformity with the following:-

a) Deformed bars (60 diameter) 600mm min.


b) Fabric (175 mm minmum, but overlap measured between outermost wires of each
sheet not less than pitch of secondary reinforcement wires).
c) Spliced bars are to be securely held in position.

J. Splices to be staggered to the approval of the Engineer, and the fabric are to be securely
tied layer to layer.

K. All reinforcement shall be placed accurately in position and securely fastened in place to
prevent displacement during the placing of the concrete. Particular care shall be taken to
ensure that the protective cover to reinforcement specified on the drawings is obtained by
the use of approved plastic tipped steel chairs for lower reinforcement and chairs for
upper reinforcement. All bars shall be securely tied together at every alternative
intersection, or as approved by the engineer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 42 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

L. Ends of bars which are left projecting for any period exceeding 4 weeks shall be painted
with a heavy coat of neat cement grout which shall be removed prior to continuation of
concreting.

M. Concrete cover to reinforcement shall be as shown on the drawings and the allowable
tolerances shall be in accordance with BS 8110: PART 1: 1985.

N. Tie wire shall be annealed iron wire not less than No.16 gauge or approved fasteners,
unless shown otherwise on the drawings.

P. Reinforcement that has in any way been previously used shall not be reused in the work.

Q. Welding of Reinforcement
Welding on site shall be avoided if possible, but where suitable safeguards and techniques
are employed and provided that the types of steel (including high yield steel to B.S. 4449
and B.S. 4461) have the required welding proportions, it may be undertaken. Generally,
however, all welding shall be carried out under controlled conditions in a factory or
workshop. The competence of the operators shall be demonstrated prior to and
periodically during the welding operations.

R. Cutting and Bending Reinforcement

Reinforcement shall be cut and/or bent in accordance with B.S. 4466. Bends in
reinforcement shall have a substantially constant curvature. W here it is necessary to bend
reinforcement projecting from concrete, care should be taken to ensure that the radius of
bend is not less than that specified in B.S. 4466. The Engineer's written approval shall be
obtained before cutting or heating any reinforcement detailed on the drawings. All
reinforcement bars, shall be bent cold unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where
it is necessary to reshape steel previously bent, this shall only be done with the Engineers'
approval and each bar shall be inspected for signs of fracture.

S. Reinforcement (particularly grade 410/425) should not be subjected to mechanical damage


or shock loading prior to embedment. It is permissible to bend grade 250 reinforcement
from concrete provided that care is taken to ensure that the radius of bend is not less than
that specified in BS 4466. Grade 410/425 bars should not be rebent or straightened
without the Engineer's approval.

11.0 MIXING CONCRETE

11.1 Ready Mixed Concrete

A. Comply with ASTM C94.


B. Add mixing water only at the Site.
C. Discharge the concrete completely at the Site within one hour after the introduction of the
water to the aggregates. In hot weather reduce this limit so that no stiffening of the
concrete shall occur until after it has been placed.

D. Begin the mixing operation within thirty minutes after the cement has been intermingled
with the aggregates.

11.2 Batch Mixing at Site (if permitted by Governmental authority having jurisdiction)

A. Comply with BS 8110:85, Section 6, OR ACI 301, Chapter 7, Paragraph 7.2 and 7.5.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 43 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

B. Excessive mixing requiring the addition of water to preserve the required consistency will
not be permitted. Mix concrete to a consistency which can be readily placed without
segregation.

C. Where admixtures as specified, equip mixers with a device for measuring and dispensing
the admixture.

11.3 Hand Mixed Concrete

This is not permitted.

12.0 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS

12.1 Construction and Control Joints

A. Comply with BS 8110, Section 6, Paragraph 6.12, OR ACI 301, Chapter 6, Paragraph 6.1
B.S. 5337.

B. Construction joints other than when formed at movement joints shall be kept to a minimum
possible consistent with convenience of construction and design consideration.
Concreting shall be carried out continuously up to locations of construction joints.

D. Where it is necessary to introduce construction joints, careful consideration shall be given


to their exact location. The location of construction joints shall be subject to agreement
between the Engineer and the Contractor before any work commences. Construction joints
shall be at right angles to the general direction of the member and shall take due account of
shear and other stresses.

D. Concrete shall not be allowed to run to a feather edge and vertical joints shall be formed
against a stop board. The top surface of a layer of concrete shall be level and reasonably
flat unless design considerations make this undesirable. Joint lines shall be so arranged
that they coincide with features of the finished work.

E. Kickers (i.e. a starter stub) shall be at least 150 mm high and carefully constructed and
shall be cast along with the main concrete.

F. Immediately prior to recommencement of concreting on a joint, the surface of the concrete


against which new concrete will be cast shall be free from laitance and shall be roughened
to the extent that the largest aggregate is exposed but not disturbed. Care shall be taken
that the joint surface is cleaned immediately before the fresh concrete is placed against it.

G. Saturate the cleaned surface with water and slush with a coating of 1:1 1/2 cement-sand
grout. Place new concrete before grout has attained its initial set. Clean horizontal
construction joints and pour the cement-sand mortar over joints in walls to a depth of 25mm
before depositing concrete. In walls, do not space construction joints more than 15 metres
apart, unless otherwise shown. In slabs do not space construction joints more than 20m
apart with a maximum pouring area of 335 square meters. For foundations maximum pour
shall be 300 square meters.

H. Particular care shall be taken in the placing of the new concrete close to the joint. This
concrete shall be particularly well compacted and vibrated.

J. Control joints for control of thermal cracking should be formed using crack inducers or
waterstoppers having built in inducers. Control joints shall be introduced in slabs on
grades, tanking walls and retaining walls at spacings indicated on structural drawings.

12.2 W ater stopper


NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 44 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

12.2 W ater stopper


Comply with B.S. 5337, Appendix D, Paragraph D4, OR ACI 301, Chapter 6, Paragraph 6.3. Clamp water
stoppers at top to prevent displacement. Provide water stops at construction joints in retaining walls and
water tank walls in a manner to form continuous diaphragm in each joint.

12.3 Embedded Items

A. Comply with ACI 301, Chapter 6, Paragraphs 6.4 and 6.5.

B. Accurately set anchorage devices by line and transit, and coordinate the locating of all
anchorage devices to be set for the accommodation of the work of other trades.

C. Locate anchor bolts and/or threaded type inserts and bars as shown on the Drawings and
on shop drawings. Obtain necessary templates from the mechanical trades as required for
the proper setting of anchor bolts and other items for mechanical equipment, as required.
D. Assist other trades in the installation of piping, pipe sleeves, conduit and similar items
where such items are to be installed in concrete. Provide frames to securely hold anchor
bolts and anchorage devices in place during construction, and take care that no
displacement occurs during the pouring of concrete. Under this Section furnish and set
items not furnished by other trades using approved standard type items suitable for their
intended purpose.

13.0 PLACING OF CONCRETE

13.1 Comply with ACI Standard 301, Chapter 8, Para, 8.1 and with BS 8110:85, Section 6, Para
6.5 and 6.8 for preparation before placing. Notify the Engineer 24 hours before each pour so
that the forms and reinforcement may be examined. Do not place concrete until inspection
has been made or waived.

13.2 Concrete shall not be mixed or placed at shade air temperature below 2 deg C on a rising
thermometer, or at a shade air temperature below 3 deg C on a falling thermometer. When
the shade air temperature is 32 deg C and rising, special precautions shall be taken during
concrete operations, such as shading of the aggregates, formwork and plant, cooling of the
mixing water or other methods approved by the Engineer so that the temperature of the
concrete when placed shall not exceed 30 deg C. The temperature of the concrete can be
reduced by cooling the water and the aggregate.

13.3 Fresh concrete placed at these temperatures shall be shaded from the direct rays of the sun
to the satisfaction of the Engineer for a period of 24 hours. Concrete is not to be mixed and
placed when the shade air temperature is 38 deg C or above.

13.4 Before concrete is placed, clean mixing and conveying equipment from hardened concrete
and foreign matter. Check forms for construction and detail. Secure reinforcement sleeves
and inserts in correct position. Forms shall be free of water and all debris. Sprinkle with
water any semi-porous sub-grade to eliminate suction. Water shall be removed from
excavation before depositing concrete; such water shall not be allowed to wash over newly
formed concrete.

13.5 Comply with ACI Standard 301, Chapter 8, Para 8.2 for conveying concrete. Concrete shall
be transported from the mixer to the formwork as rapidly as practicable by methods which will
prevent the segregation or loss of any of the ingredients and maintain the required
workability. Concrete shall normally be placed and compacted without addition of water.
Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement or movement of formwork and
damage to faces of formwork.

13.6 Care shall be exercised to prevent segregation of concrete and to prevent splashing the
forms while placing concrete.Concrete shall be placed through canvas elephant trunking only
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 45 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

equipped with suitable hopper heads. Chutes or trunking shall be of variable lengths so that
the free fall of the concrete from the end shall not exceed one metre and a sufficient number
shall be used to ensure that the concrete surface is approximately level at all times. Where
alternative provisions can be made, which are acceptable to the Engineer, then low slump
concrete can be dropped vertically through greater heights than one metre.

13.7 Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by vibration, pressure shock or other means during
the operation of placing and thoroughly worked around the reinforcement, around embedded
fixtures and into corners of the formwork to form a solid mass free from voids and which will
have required surface finish when formwork is removed. Vibration shall be applied
continuously during the placing of each batch of concrete until the expulsion of air has
practically ceased and there is no secretion of ingredients. Care shall be taken that the
vibrator is not used any closer than 75mm from the formed surface.

13.8 Concrete which has achieved its initial set and cannot be properly compacted shall not be
placed in the forms.
13.9 Slope surfaces to drains where indicated. Slope shall be as indicated on Drawings.

14.0 CURING

14.1 General

A. Comply with BS 8110, Section 6, Para. 6.6 and 6.8 and ACI Standard 301, Chapter 12.

B. The methods of curing and their duration shall be such that the concrete will have satisfactory
durability and strength, and the member will suffer a minimum distortion, be free of excessive
efflorescence and will not cause by its shrinkage, undue cracking in the structure. To achieve
these objectives, it may be necessary to insulate the concrete so that it is maintained at a
suitable temperature or so that the rates of evaporation of moiture from the surfaces are kept
to appropriate values, or both. Different curing or drying treatments will be appropriate to
different members and products. W here, necessary special care should be taken to ensure
that similar components are cured as far as possible under the same conditions.

C. Providing proper temperature and moisture conditions for curing of concrete is much more
critical and important in hot weather (such as that encountered in UAE), than under normal
temperature. It is therefore of first importance that curing be promptly commenced, ample in
coverage and continued without interruption.

14.2 Curing Methods

A. Pondings with Water


It is effective for flat surfaces. Curing water shall not be more than 11 deg C (52 deg F)
cooler than the concrete to prevent cracking and shall be free of substances that may stain
or discolour concrete.

B. Wet Saturated Material


Wet saturated material shall be held in close contact with concrete surfaces and maintained
continuously in damp and moist condition so that a film of water remains on the concrete
surface throughout the curing period. W et saturated materials shall be kept wet at all times
for a minimum of seven days after stripping.

C. Intermittent Spraying with water


Care must be taken that newly finished concrete is not damaged by water erosion. If
sprinkling is done at intervals, care must be taken to prevent the concrete from drying
between applications of water.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 46 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

D. When curing concrete with water other than ponding, do not allow the surface to dry.
Continuous cooling and drying of curing concrete is not allowed.

E. Top of columns and walls shall be cured after initial setting. As soon as formwork is
loosened water curing shall be applied to sides of columns and walls, and shall continue
uninterrupted for a minimum of seven days.

F. Slabs and flat surfaces shall be cured only by flooding. Flat concrete surfaces shall be
covered immediately after concrete is placed, tamped and leveled, with polyethelene sheet
and flooded with water as soon as initial hardening of concrete occurs. Covering surface
shall follow progress of concrete placement until the whole surface is covered and flooded.
Polyethylene sheet may be removed after 24 hours and regular flooding maintained for a
minimum of 07 days.

G. Use special thermometers of sufficient length of stem to monitor the concrete temperature of
the raft foundation slab as soon as concrete is poured to the required level. Monitor
temperature of concrete for 7 days and provide the Engineer with daily records.

H. Curing Compounds
a) In situations where there is lack of adequate supplies of clean water, curing membrane
solution carefully applied at the right coverage rate (two coats, one at right angles to the
other), immediately after placing concrete, will ensure a practicable curing.

b) Concrete surfaces shall normally be damp when the coating is applied. Curing
compounds shall not be used if bond is necessary such as in base slab of two course
floor, since it prevents the topping from bonding.

c) Conventional curing compounds shall not be used if a special finish is to be applied. In


such cases, special resin solutions that would not affect adhesion of finishes may be
used as approved by the Engineer.

14.3 Normal Curing Periods


Seven (7) days is the minimum curing period for all cast-in-place concrete under normal weather
conditions (temperatures around 24 deg C (75 deg F) and normal wind speed). This period shall be
extended to a minimum of ten (10) to fourteen (14) days under hot weather or drying wind conditions.

15.0 STRIKING OF FORMWORK


15.1 Comply with BS 8110:85, Section 6, Para. 6.9.3 OR ACI 301, Chapter 4, Para. 4.5.

15.2 Do not remove forms or supports until the concrete has thoroughly hardened and has attained
sufficient strength to support its own weight and construction live loads to be placed thereon,
without damage to the structure. In general, do not disturb forms or supports until the
concrete has attained at least 40% of design strength for side forms and 80% of design
strength for bottom forms. Be responsible for proper form removal and replace any work
damaged due to inadequate maintenance or improper or premature form removal.

15.3 The following shall be the minimum periods before striking formwork, unless otherwise directed
by the Engineer, at normal temperatures:

A. Vertical formwork to columns, walls and large beams - 24 Hours


B. Beam sides - 24 Hours
C. Beam soffits formwork - 15 Days
D. Props to beams - 21 Days

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 47 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

E. Soffit formwork to slab - 6 Days


F. Props to slab - 15 Days

15.4 The removal time may be decreased with the Engineer's approval where surface temperature
of concrete is 16 deg C and above; refer to Table 6.6, Section 6 of BS 8110, and Part 1:1985.

15.5 Care shall be exercised in form removal to prevent chipping of corners and other damage.
Experienced foremen shall supervise form removal.

15.6 Removal of bottom form linings between props prior to the removal of supports may be
permitted provided the formwork has been designed to allow such removal without disturbing
the supports.

15.7 No new permanent structure shall be erected on any part of the already erected structure while
the latter is still supported by formwork unless walls are built above another wall carried on a
properly supported base. This requirement does not prohibit the use of props to take the load
of more than one level of framing.

16.0 TOLERANCES

16.1 Comply with B.S. 5606 OR ACI Standard 117-81, Part 5, unless noted otherwise.

A. Plumb (allowable variation).


a) In the lines and surfaces of columns, piers, walls, and in arises:
In any 3m 3mm
Maximum for the total height of the structure 15mm

b) For exposed corner columns, control-joint grooves and other conspicuous lines:
In any 6m 3mm
Maximum for the total height of the structure 7.5mm

B. Exposed slab soffits, beam soffits and in arises, measured before removal of supporting
shores:
In any 3m +/- 3mm
In any bay or in any 9.6m +/- 5mm
Maximum for the total of the structure +/- 10mm

SECTION D – MASONRY WORK

1.0 PRECAST CONCRETE BLOCKS

The precast concrete blocks are to comply with the requirements of BS 2028, 1364 and with the
following requirements:

2.0 CEMENTS

All cements are to be of British manufacture or approved alternatives and to comply with current
British Standards or other standards as authorized by the Engineer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 48 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Special cements shall not be used unless authorized in writing by the Engineer and then only to his
special instructions and strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

All cement which has become damages or has deteriorated is to be removed from the site within 24
hours.

Aggregate shall be natural aggregate complying with BS 882.

Load bearing blocks shall have the following minimum compressive strengths:

Hollow blocks 7 N/mm 2 (1000 Ibs/in2)


Solid blocks 10.5 N/mm 2 (1500 Ibs/in2)

Water shall be well water containing not more than 4750 parts per million dissolved solids (of which
not more than 1000 parts per million may be Chlorides) or any vegetable matter, acids, excessive
sulphates or other salts.

Additive will not be permitted.

3.0 MORTARS

The cement for mortar shall be as specified for precast concrete blocks.

The lime for mortar shall be hydrated semi-hydraulic lime complying with BS 890 Part 2.

Fine aggregates shall comply with BS 882 or BS 1200 as required by the Table of Mortar Classes.
Fine aggregates, when tested in accordance with Clause 32 of BS 812 shall achieve the criteria
given in the Note to this clause.

The water for mortar shall be as specified under Section C - "Concrete Work".

Mortar for load bearing walls shall be a mix measured by volume of 1 part cement, 1 part lime and 6
parts fine aggregate.

Mortar for walls in foundations shall be a mix measured by volume of 1 part cement and 3 parts fine
aggregate using sulphate resisting cement.

Plasticisers shall not be used in mortar for load-bearing walls.

Mortars for non load bearing walls shall be a mix measured by volume of 1 part cement, 3 parts lime
and 12 part fine aggregate.

4.0 MIXING OF MORTAR


All mortar shall be properly mixed upon a clean platform and shall be used as mixed. No mortar
which has been allowed to set prior to use shall be remixed or used in the work.

5.0 LAYING OF BLOCKS

All blockwork shall be laid in stretcher bond solidly bedded, jointed and flushed up in mortar. No cut,
damaged or half blocks are to be used.

All blocks are to be thoroughly wetted before laying. All walls are to be carried up evenly course by
course. During block laying an open joint not less than 12 mm. wide shall be left between the ends of
all concrete lintels whether precast of cast in-situ, and the blocks adjacent to those ends. These open
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 49 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

joints shall be left as long as possible during construction and not filled in until plastering or other
work renders such filling necessary. All such joints shall be properly filled in before the completion of
the work. A piece of bituminous felt shall be laid on the block work under the concrete lintel bearing.

All wall faces to receive in-situ finishing or cement and sand backings shall be hacked and the joints
raked out as necessary to produce an adequate key.

All external and internal wall faces where specified as fair face shall be built with blocks having
unblemished surfaces, with good clean arises to all exposed edges and shall be pointed with a neat
flush joint as the work proceeds.

6.0 CAVITY WALLS

The block work skins of cavity walls shall be tied together with galvanized mild steel butterfly pattern
wall ties to BS 1243 Fig. 2 spaced at the rate of one every 800 mm. vertically, staggered, and every
400 mm. vertically at ends, jambs and quoins.

7.0 PROTECTION OF CAVITIES

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his approval a method for protecting the cavities of
hollow blocks and cavities of cavity walls against mortar droppings and concrete falling into these
cavities while casting floor slabs and edge beams.

The layers of felt between the underside of the concrete edge beam and top of the wall is for the
purpose of separation of these members and they are not designed for protection against concrete
falling into cavities.

8.0 LOAD-BEARING WALLS

Load-bearing walls shall be constructed in accordance with BSCP 111 Part 2.

Only blocks reference A1 and A2 as described in Clause D.01 "Precast Concrete Blocks" shall be
used for load-bearing walls.

Where a horizontal or vertical joint is not solidly filled or where it is found that the Contractor has used
blocks other than the blocks specified, the whole panel of wall will be considered suspect and will be
removed and rebuilt at the Contractor's expense.

9.0 NON LOAD-BEARING WALLS

Non load-bearing walls shall not be constructed at the same time as the load-bearing walls but built at
least two weeks after the roof structure is completed. Toothing into load-bearing walls will not be
permitted.

10.0 SPECIAL BLOCKS


Special blocks for forming feature panels in boundary walls, courtyard walls, etc. shall be to the
details shown on the Engineer's Drawings. Claustra perforated pattern to be approved by the
Engineer. They shall be made in purpose made steel moulds with face finished fair to receive a paint
finish without plastering.

11.0 THERMALLY INSULATED BLOCKS

All block works for external walls shall be 25cm thick of thermally insulated blocks as per local
authority requirements.

12.0 FAIR FACED WALLS

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 50 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

External and internal walls where described as "fair face" shall be built with blocks having
unblemished surfaces, with good clean arises to all exposed edges and shall be pointed with a neat
flush joint as the word proceeds.

13.0 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WALL

The Contractor shall ensure that the finished walling is not damaged by subsequent operations. The
Contractor is to protect newly or partially built walling against it being dried out too rapidly by the sun's
heat or from any other adverse climatic effects and is to follow the Engineer's instructions in this
matter.

The Contractor shall in all cases cover all newly erected walling with hessian or other materials
approved by the Engineer and shall keep the same wet for at least three days.

14.0 COMPRESSIBLE JOINT FILLERS

"Flexcell" compressible joint filler shall be used where specified at joints on drawings or requested by
the Engineer.

Filler shall be cut to exact widths and shall have all edges neatly trimmed.

Fixing of filler shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.

15.0 POLYSULPHIDE SEALANT

Gun quality sealant shall be used where specified on the drawings or where requested by the
Engineer, including external joinery and metalwork bedded against blockwork or concrete. The
colour shall be submitted to the approval of the Engineer.

The primer shall be supplied by the same manufacturer as the sealant. The joints will first be
thoroughly cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer and shall be primed before sealing with sealant.

Application of these materials shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's printed
instructions.

16.0 DAMP PROOF COURSES

Damp-proof courses to walls shall consist of one layer of tropical quality bitumen damp-proof courses
with fibre base complying with BS 743 Table 1 Ref. B and weighing not less than 3.3 kg/m 2. The
damp-proof course shall be well lapped at intersections and joints and bedded in cement mortar (1:3).

17.0 FELT
Two layers of bitumen 3 ply felt with hessian base complying with BS 743 Table 1, Type A and
weighing not less than 3.8 kg/m 2 shall be laid on the top of all load-bearing walls supporting a
concrete edge beam. Felt shall be laid carefully over an even bed of mortar well lapped at
intersections and joints. Beams bearing upon the wall and cast upon the felt shall not be cast until
all mortar is hard.

18.0 STABILITY OF PARTITIONS

The following stabilizing of partitions shall be carried out by the Contractor for partition heights
exceeding 3.0 meters. This provision shall be included for all partitions other than block work.

18.1 Provide steel angle cleats to be fixed at head at 1.5 meters centers (mild steel angles to be
protected against corrosion). W hen this type of fixing is utilized a partition started in any
one day shall be completed the same evening.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 51 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

18.2 For a partition taken between or passing in front of a reinforced concrete column provide

two round steel bars laid in the bedding mortar at 1.0 meter centers and fixed to column
using threaded bars locked into cast in "Spit Rock" dowels.
18.3 Provide rebates, toothing and the like at all vertical intersection of walling every meter of
height.

19.0 REINFORCEMENT

Prefabricated lintels shall comply with the requirements of BS 5977 Part 2. All lintels shall be
bedded on cement and sand mortar and the Contractor shall allow for a minimum bearing at each
end of 200 mm.

SECTION E – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION


1.0 GENERAL
Material shall be of the best quality and to the approval of the Engineer all in accordance with the
relevant British Standards and Agreement Board Certificates.

Workmanship shall be to the highest standards and codes of practice.

2.0 TESTING
The Contractor is to test, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, all areas of roofing, waterproofing,
terraces, bathrooms and the like for water penetration. These tests are to be carried out after the
membrane has been laid.

The Contractor is to allow in his rate for such areas to be flooded with water, and left for a
minimum of 48 hours.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 52 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

On completion of roofing works the Contractor is to leave the roof in a sound and watertight
condition, to the approval of the Engineer.

3.0 GUARANTEE
The Contractor is to provide the Employer with a written guarantee to cover improper materials or
faulty workmanship for a period of ten years commencing on the date of issue of the Certificate
of Completion of the maintenance period and the Contractor is to bear the cost of any of the
consequential damage as is provided for in same guarantee.

4.0 PREPARATION OF SURFACES


All surfaces shall be clear of all deleterious matter and dry all in accordance with the
manufacturer's written instructions. Prior to the application of any waterproofing / roofing
materials or primer, the Contractor shall gain the Engineer's written approval that he may
commence the said works, without same all works will be rejected and replaced at the
Contractor's expense.

5.0 PROTECTION
Finished and part finished surfaces shall be suitably protected to ensure no damage by other
trades. Any roofing or water-proofing so damaged due to non-protection shall be removed and
replaced at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer his proposed
methods of protecting the various surfaces and locations prior to their completion or application of
finishing layers, i.e., tiling and the like.

6.0 WATERPOOFING
REGULATIONS AND BASIC STANDARDS

Materials shall have the characteristics specified by current international regulations and shall meet the
conditions specified by current standards of the local authorities.

Acceptable Standards of reference are as follows:

1. BS 8102, 1990 Code of Practice: Protection of Structures against W ater from the Ground.

2. UAETC (European Union for Technical Agreement in Construction):

a. Special Directives for the assessment of SBS Elastomer Bitumen, MOAT 31 August, 84.
b. UAETC, c/o BBA, P.O. Box 195, Bucknalls Lane, Watford, W D2 7NG, UK.

3. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials).

ASTM Standards: Volume 04.04 – Roofing, W aterproofing and Bituminous Materials.

A. Waterproofing membrane system for basement floors and walls:


1. The waterproofing membrane shall be a pre-applied membrane, which mechanically bonds to
poured concrete, remaining in place if settlement of substrate occurs. The complex cell mesh
bonded to a polyethylene membrane allows poured concrete to interlock with the membrane
forming a tenacious mechanical bond. The membrane shall incorporate a peel-off selvedge strip to
ensure sealed lap.

2. The membrane shall provide long-term protection to reinforced concrete in the Middle East climatic
and environmental conditions and basement waterproofing protection to grades 2, 3 and 4, as
specified in BS8102.

3. All waterproofing materials including membranes, rubberized bituminous mastics, primers,


adhesives, fillets, armour tape, protection board and flashings etc. shall be compatible with each
other and shall be from a manufacturer operating the BS:EN:ISO9001 or 9002 quality assurance

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 53 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

scheme.
4. All materials are to be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and must
be capable of being applied both horizontally and vertically using one grade of membrane, and laps
between rolls must not encroach into concrete cover.

Horizontal and vertical areas shall be waterproofed with a double layer system of torch applied
membrane, with protection boards to vertical areas and protection screed over separation layer
to horizontal areas.

B. Roof waterproofing

Roof waterproofing shall be in accordance to the international standards and to the local authority
requirements.

C. Wet Areas

For wet areas including bathrooms, toilets, kitchens, terraces and external balconies, apply two
coats of approved bituminous paint to an average thickness of 1 mm. under floor tiling.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 54 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

SECTION F - METAL WORKS

I. GENERAL

1.0 REFERENCES
The Conditions of Contract governing the whole of the Contract will to be deemed to apply to all
Works within this Section.

The Contractor is responsible for the complete and proper installation of the work indicated on the
Drawings or as specified herein.

The standard and quality of the work shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.0 STANDARDS
The specifications of materials used shall comply with the British Standards Institute, the British
Codes of Practice, DIN Standards, American Standards and American Society for Testing and
Materials, or Local Authority Standards and Codes whichever are the more stringent.

Applicable provision of the following British Standard Institute publications shall apply to works of
this Section as follows:

2.1 Mild Steel

Mild steel shall comply with BS 4360, sections generally shall comply with BS 4 Part 1, hollow
sections with BS 4848 Part 2 and angles with BS 4848 Part 4. Steel plate and sheet shall comply
with BS 1449 Part 1 and tubes to BS 1775.

2.2 Stainless Steel Tubes

Stainless steel tubes shall comply with BS 3014 and stainless steel plate with BS 1449 Part 2.

2.3 Aluminum Alloy Extruded Sections


Bars and round tubes shall comply with BS 1161 or BS 1474 and aluminum alloy drawn tube with
BS 1471. Anodizing process when applicable to comply with BS 3987.
2.4 Brasswork
Brasswork as indicated on the Drawings shall comply with the various appropriate standards.

2.5 Fastenings
Unless otherwise specified shall be on the same metal as the item being fixed with matching
coating or finish. W ood screws shall comply with BS 1210, bolts, screws and nuts to BS 4190,
machine screws and nuts to BS 4138 and self-tapping screws to BS 4174.

2.6 Plugs
Proprietary fibre or plastics or other approved type.

2.7 Bitumen Solution


Bitumen solution for cold application shall comply with BS 3416 Type 1.

3.0 WORKMANSHIP
3.1 Co-ordinate and provide details of the work as necessary to ensure co-ordination with related
building elements and services. Liaise as necessary to help ensure co-ordination of the work with
related building elements and services, provide fabrication / installation drawings and other
information requested, submit sufficient copies of drawings, etc. for approval. Make any

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 55 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

necessary amendments in accordance with any comments of the Engineer and without delay and
resubmit unless it is confirmed that this is not necessary and submit sufficient copies of final
version of drawings, etc. for distribution to al affected parties.

3.2 Drawings must be submitted at least 4 weeks before starting fabrication, showing elevations,
plans and full size sections, proposed methods of fixing, proposed methods of forming joints, any
proposals for fabricating large components in more than one piece.

3.3 Control Sample: After finalization of all details, prepare control samples as requested and obtain
approval of appearance before proceeding with manufacture.

3.4 Fabricate metalwork carefully and accurately to ensure compliance with design and performance
requirements, using types and grades of metal appropriate for the purpose. Finished work must
be free from distortion and cracks. Use proprietary products to manufacturer's recommendations.

3.5 Pre-finished metal may be used if the finish complies with this specification, the methods of
fabrication do not damage or alter appearance at finish and the finish is adequately protected
during fabrication.
3.6 Cold formed work, use brake presses or cold rolling to produce accurate profiles with straight
arises. Unless specified otherwise, mitre junctions of identical section. Remove all burrs and
sharp arises which would be visible after fixing or a hazard to the user. After thermal cutting
stainless steel grind off material which is liable to corrode.

3.7 Moving parts, when assembled all moving parts must move freely and without binding.
3.8 Bonding prepares surfaces of metals to receive adhesives by decreasingly and abrading
mechanically or chemically and form bond under pressure. Use adhesives in accordance with
manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.9 Mechanical joints shall be tight with no visible gaps. W here screw heads will be visible after
component is fixed, or raised crew heads would interfere with any moving part of components,
use countersunk machine screws unless specified otherwise. Mechanical joints of components
which will be located externally shall be bedded in bedding compound, including all mating
surfaces, cleats and other fixings.

3.10 Site dimensions must be taken before manufacture.


3.11 Welding and Brazing
Thoroughly clean surfaces to be welded and ensure accurate fit using clamps and jigs where
practicable. Use tack welds only for temporary attachment unless specified otherwise. Make
joints with parent and filler metal fully bonded throughout with no inclusions, holes, porosity or
cracks. Completely remove all traces of flux residue and slag. Prevent weld spatter falling of
surfaces of materials which will be self finished and visible in complete work. Butt welds which
will be visible in completed works shall be finished smooth, flush with adjacent surfaces.

3.12 Metal arc welding shall be to BS 5135 or other methods subject to approval. W elding of stainless
steel shall be TIG welding to BS 3019 Part 2, or other methods subject to approval. Use double
level butt welds, backing bards to remove heat, jigging, tack welds and any other measures
necessary to minimize distortion. Remove slight distortion by light hammering, taking care not to
damage surface finish. Welding of aluminum alloys shall be TIG welding to BS 3019 Part 1, or
TIG welding to BD 3571 Part 1, or gas welding to BS 1126, or other methods subject to approval.
Welding of copper alloys shall be fusion welding to BS 1077 for copper, or other methods subject
to approval.

3.13 Apply metal coatings after fabrication is complete and all fixing holes have been drilled unless
otherwise specified. Before applying coating remove all welding slag, weld spatter, anti-spatter

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 56 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

compounds, paints, grease, flux, rust, burrs and sharp arises and make good all defects which
would show after application of coating and finish surfaces smooth.
3.14 Galvanizing shall comply with BS 729, sheradising to BS 4921, zinc spraying of iron and steel
surfaces shall comply with BS 2596 Part 1 and vitreous enameling of steel surfaces with BS
3830. Anodizing of aluminum alloys shall be as specified hereinafter. Obtain certification from
the anodizer that the specification grade has been applied and submit copy to the Engineer.
Surfaces of stainless steel, bronze and brass which will be visible in the completed work shall be
finely polished.

3.15 Protection : Prevent distortion of metalwork during transit, handling storage and fixing and
damage to arises, projecting features, and surfaces which will be exposed in the finished work,
prevent contact with mud, ashes, plaster and cement and provide protective coverings as
necessary and remove on completion. Before fixing apply two coats of bitumen solution, or
mastic impregnated tape, to surfaces of components which will be in contact with cement or
plaster based materials.

3.16 Position metal work accurately, plumb, level and true to line. Fix securely to prevent pulling
away, deflection, or other movement during use. Do not distort when tightening fastenings and
the like.

3.17 Loading: Do not use railings or balustrades as strutting or supports after fixing. Do not weld,
braze or solder on site without approval.

3.18 Fastenings shall be concealed where practicable. Thickness of metal and details of assembly
and supports shall give ample strength and stiffness. Joints exposed to weather shall be formed
to exclude water. Do all cutting, punching, drilling, and tapping required for attachment of
hardware and of work by other trades.

3.19 General metal work shall conform to all Local Authority Bye-Laws, and in lieu of other specific
legal requirements, shall support any live loads which may normally be imposed plus a safety
factor of 2.5. In addition, stairs, gratings, platforms, etc. shall be designed to safely support a
design live load of 100 lbs/ft2.

4.0 SAMPLES

4.1 Submit duplicate samples of all finished materials for approval of the Engineer. The sample will
show the full range of finishes and mechanical properties to be expected in the finished product.
Where physical samples would otherwise be too large, example will be given that can be readily
inspected locally, or the Contractor will provide facilities for the Engineer's inspection at the
Contractor's expense.

4.2 Unless specifically called for, size and form of each sample be as directed by the Engineer.

5.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING


5.1 The Contractor shall provide certified test results from independent testing laboratories for all
materials of the Section.

5.2 Where manufacturer or Supplier of specified items is unable to provide the above mentioned test
results, the Contractor shall make available samples to the Engineer prior to their approval for
use of the project so that he can have them tested to verify compliance with the Specification. Al
samples and tests will be at the Contractor's expense.

6.0 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

6.1 All materials will be stored in protected areas on site and will be fully protected against the
effect of weather.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 57 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

6.2 All materials shall be carefully handled and stored under cover in manner to prevent deformation
and damage to the materials and to shop finishes, and to prevent rusting and the accumulation of
mud, dirt, or other foreign matter on the metal work. All such damage and accumulation shall be
corrected prior to erection.

7.0 MANUFACTURER'S GUARANTEE

7.1 The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer a written unconditional Manufacturer's Guarantee for
all work on this section against faulty materials or workmanship for a period of ten (10) years from
the date of issue of the Final Certificate.

7.2 The Guarantee shall state that any fault in workmanship or materials which may develop within
the guarantee period shall be made good or replaced and reinstalled promptly, including the
making good or replacement and reinstallation of adjacent work disturbed, without additional cost
to the Employer.

7.3 This Guarantee shall be in addition to and not in lieu of other obligations of the Contractor under
the Contract.

7.4 The text of the guarantee shall be subject to Engineer's approval and will be submitted prior to the
approval of shop drawings or samples of specific items intended for incorporation into the works.

8.0 MATERIALS

All materials shall be new stock, free from defects, impairing strength, durability or appearance and of
best commercial quality for each intended purpose.

Provide all anchors, bolts, sleeves, spigots and other parts required for securing each item of work of this
section to the construction, including furnishing to concrete workers all required inserts and sleeves for
use in concrete and furnishing to masons of all anchors, bolts, and other items required to be built-in
masonry.

All exposed fastenings shall be of the same material finish as the metal to which applied, unless
otherwise noted.

Welding rods shall confirm to British Standards and the recommendations of the metal welding rod
manufacturer.

9.0 SHOP PAINTING MATERIALS

Shop paint for un-galvanized ferrous surfaces shall be a high quality, lead free, rust-inhibitive primer,
equal in quality and performance to products specified for this use under Painting Section, as approved
by the Engineer.

Shop paint for galvanized metal shall be high quality, zinc rich, metal primer especially formulated for use
on galvanized metal, equal in quality and performance to products specified for this use under Painting
Section, as approved by the Engineer.

Shop paint for aluminum shall be Dichromate based primer.

10.0 SHOP COATINGS FOR FERROUS AND GALVANIZED SURFACES

10.1 Galvanizing

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 58 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

10.1.1 All ferrous metal under this section for exterior use in addition to any other interior items
specifically so specified shall be hot dip galvanized, including all bolts, nuts, washers and other
related ferrous metal items used therewith.
10.1.2 Hot-dip galvanizing process shall comply with BS 729 as applicable. After galvanizing, processed
items shall be straightened free of all warpage and distortion caused by hot dip process.
10.1.3 Galvanized surfaces to receive paint coatings shall be given hot phosphate (bonderizing) shop
pre treatment.

10.1.4 Furnish to the Engineer a certified statement that galvanizing and hot-phosphate pre treatments
comply fully with this Specification.

10.2 Shop Painting

10.2.1 All materials (plain and galvanized) including non-ferrous where specified for paint finish under
this Section shall be given a shop coat of primer as specified, using the appropriate primers
specified previously in this Section.

10.2.3 Immediately before painting, remove all rust, loose mill scale, dirt, weld flux, weld spatter and
other foreign material with wire brushes or steel scrapers. Remove all grease and oil by use of
detergent or solvent recommended by paint manufacturer. Sandpaper exposed surfaces as
required to produce smooth, even finishes. Allow surfaces to thoroughly dry before applying paint.

10.2.4 Apply paint by spray process in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions to dry
film thickness recommended. Apply thoroughly and evenly and work well into corners and joints
taking care to avoid sags and runs.

10.2.5 Do not paint surfaces to be embedded in concrete or to be welded in the field.

10.2.6 After erection, sand smooth and retouch all prisons of the shop coats chipped or damaged during
erection, and coat all field welds and connections with the same paint used for all the shop coat.

10.2.7 All aluminum surfaces in contact with cement or concrete surfaces are to be given two coats of
bitumen before being fitted.

11.0 INSTALLATION

11.1 Work shall be erected square, plumb and true, accurately fitted, and with tight joints and
intersections. All anchors, inserts and other members to be set in concrete or masonry shall be
furnished loose by this trade to be built into concrete and masonry by those trades as the work
progresses. Later cutting and drilling shall be avoided wherever possible.

11.2 All metal work shall be rigidly braced and secured to surrounding construction, and shall be free of
rattle, vibration, waviness and noticeable deflection after installed.

11.3 Where members, other than expansion bolts or inserts, are fastened into concrete, set in carefully
for pipe sleeves in proprietary expanding grout, manufactured specifically for such purpose and
used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Holes to receive grouted members
shall be formed with galvanized sheet metal sleeves to provide a uniformly wide, approximately half
inch (13 mm.) from finish surface and fill void with Portland cement grout to match colour and
texture of surrounding concrete surface, slightly beveled to shed moisture.

11.4 Carefully review all drawings and provide all miscellaneous metal items required by all the various
trades, but not specifically listed above, such as clips, angles, bracketing, steel framing at
suspended ceilings, steel framing to receive marble supports, and all other anchor devices as
indicated on the drawings or reasonably implied as being necessary for the through completion of
the work.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 59 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

II. STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK

1.0 DESIGN

The design of structural steel work shall be in accordance with BS 449.

2.0 MATERIAL PROPERTIES


Steel for rolled sections, plates and bars shall comply with BS 4360 Grade 43C.
Dimensional properties, tolerances and rolling margins shall conform to the relevant British
Standards.
The condition of steel for fabrication shall be Grade C of Swedish Standards 05 59 00.
Black bolts and nuts shall comply with BS 4190 metric.
Washers shall comply with BS 4320.
High strength friction grip bolts shall comply with BS 4395 Part 2.

3.0 TESTING OF MATERIALS

The Contractor may be required to perform tests as instructed by the Engineer and submit test certificates
for the materials to be used in the W ork. The test shall include the following in accordance with BS 4360.

1.0 Chemical Analysis

2.0 Tensile Tests

3.0 Bend Tests

4.0 Flattening Tests

The tests shall be carried out by an approved testing authority and notice shall be given to the
Engineer of the intended execution of any such test. The cost of such tests shall be borne by the
Contractor.

If any sample fails a test, the consignment it represents may be rejected in part or in whole at the
Engineer's discretion.

4.0 FABRICATION STANDARD

The work of fabrication and erection shall comply with the requirements of BS 449.

Fabrication accuracy shall be within the following limits:

1.0 Length : 3 mm

2.0 Twist and Deviation : 1 in 1000

5.0 DETAILING OF CONNECTIONS

Detailing of connections shall ensure that inaccessible pockets / gaps are avoided. In this respect back to
back angles with spacers and similar details which would prevent full accessibility for painting are not
acceptable.

Where cope holes are required to allow completion of butt welding they shall be of adequate size to allow
fillet welding to seal the connection while still allowing full accessibility for subsequent painting.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 60 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Sniping of stiffeners at the root radii of rolled members is not acceptable. Stiffeners shall be cut to the
required profile to fit closely into all such radii, and seal welded in accordance with Clause J.07.

6.0 SUBMISSIONS
Shop drawings for approval shall be submitted at least four weeks before starting fabrication. Material
shall neither be ordered nor fabrication commenced until shop drawings are approved in writing by the
Engineer.

The Contractor shall prepare and submit details of erection procedures at least four weeks before
commencement of steel erection.
7.0 WELDING
Metal arc welding of steel to BS 4360 shall be in accordance with the requirements of BS 5135.
Run-on / run-off plates shall be used during butt welding.
Fillet welds shall be continuous to form a complete seal where structural elements join or abut.

8.0 ELECTRODES FOR WELDING


The Contractor shall obtain approval of the types of electrodes proposed for use. Welding electrodes
shall give a weld deposit with mechanical properties not less than the minimum specified for the parent
metal, they shall comply with BS 639. Hydrogen controlled electrodes shall be sued for butt-welding of
steel over 25 mm. thick.

9.0 WELDING OPERATORS


Welders employed on the work shall be tested to BS 4871 and BS 4872 Part 1. Welding shall be carried
out under the supervision of a competent welding technologist and the test pieces shall be tested to BS
4870.

10.0 TESTING OF WELDS


The Contractor shall made radiographic examination of butt welds in accordance with Section 8 of
American Petroleum Industry (API) Standard 1104 and carry out dye-penetrant tests in accordance with
BS 4416.

In general 10% of the length of each butt weld shall be radiographically inspected and 10% shall be
tested using penetrant, 5% of the length of each fillet weld shall be tested using penetrant. The location
of lengths to be tested shall be as directed.

11.0 SITE WELDING


The Contractor may, subject to prior approval, use site welding as an alternative to bolted connections.
Site welded joints shall be inspected by radiography in accordance with Section 8 of API Standard 1104.
Initially 100% of each butt weld shall be inspected. If approved, the number of inspections may be
subsequently reduced.

Finished welds shall comply with Section 6 of API Standard 1104. Defective welds shall be cut out,
remade and re-tested as approved.

12.0 BOLTED CONNECTIONS


The threaded prisons of bolts shall be outside the parts bolted together and the ends shall protrude by at
least one complete thread and by not more than three complete threads beyond the outer face of the
tightened nut.

Holes shall not be distorted or enlarged by the use of drifts.

High strength friction grip bolts shall be fitted in accordance with BS 4604 Part 2.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 61 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The use of load indicating washers shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

13.0 TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE


Steel work and protective coating shall be protected from damage during packing, handling,
transportation and storage.

The Contractor shall ensure that members are not subjected to greater stresses than those allowed in BS
449 during fabrication, transportation, storage and erection.

Stored members shall not be in contact with each other and shall be clear of the ground.

14.0 DAMAGED MATERIAL


Steel work deemed to be damaged beyond repair in transit shall be replaced.

The Contractor shall obtain prior and final approval for remedial work to damaged material.

15.0 GALVANIZING
Galvanizing of steel work if required shall be carried out after fabrication is complete. Steel work required
to be galvanized shall be pickled in dilute hydrochloric and then washed, fluxed and stoved, and coated
with zinc by dipping in a bath of molten zinc. Components shall be immersed in the bath only for a period
sufficient to attain the temperature of the bath and shall be withdrawn at a suitable speed so that a
minimum coating of 610 g/m 2 of surface (85 microns min. DFT) is achieved. Components shall be
covered evenly on all surfaces.

Items described as heavily galvanized shall be grit blasted prior to galvanizing and receive a minimum
2
coating of 1000 g/m of surface (140 microns min. DFT).

Lightweight gauge metal work shall be galvanized by the hot-dip process as specified in BS 3083 or BS
2989.

Contact between galvanized steel members and aluminum surfaces shall be prevented by means of an
approved insulating layer.

Galvanized steel work shall receive specified paint treatment and shall be cleaned, degreased, abraded
and etch-primed beforehand.

16.0 PREPARATION OF STEEL WORK FOR PROTECTIVE TREATMENT


Surfaces shall be cleaned to BS 4232 before any protective treatment is commenced. Steel work shall be
degreased and shot or grit blasted to SA 2 1/2 quality standards with surface amplitude of 50-75 microns
to remove rust and mill-scale; dust and debris shall be removed by vacuum cleaner, compressed air or
brush. Site welds and adjacent steel work shall be blast cleaned and similarly prepared. Surface defects
shall be removed in accordance with BS 4360.
Regular mill-scale detection tests shall be made using the Copper Sulphate method.
Blasting operations and painting processes shall be segregated.

17.0 PAINTING GENERALLY


Paint shall be applied by brushing or spraying in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Thinners shall only be added to paint in strict accordance with the manufacturer's permitted percentages.
Viscosity tests shall be carried out on random samples of mixed paints as directed. Brushes stored in
thinners shall be worked out to remove thinners before reuse.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 62 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Painting shall not be carried out when the steel work temperature is below 40C or above 380C, or less
than 30 C above dew point, or when the relative humidity is above 80%.

Stripe coats shall be applied to welds and steel edges before painting.

Strong paint films shall be achieved on all cleats, arises, bolt holes, bold heads and the like.

Protective treatment other than the site applied coatings shall be applied under factory conditions in an
enclosed shop. Completed coats shall be checked for continuity by a low-voltage wet sponge holiday
detector and for thickness by an Elcometer.

If a required film thickness is given it shall be the minimum dry film thickness (DFT) as measured by an
Elcometer; the Elcometer shall be calibrated for each coating by the use of a shim of known thickness
placed upon the shot blasted blank or the underlying coat, and the shim shall correspond with the
theoretical film thickness of the surface of coating to be measured. Otherwise a full coating shall be
applied in accordance with the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer having regard to the
surface profile of the steel and the conditions of application.

Sample plates shall be prepared for approval and shall therefore be adopted as the standard to be
achieved in the finished work.

The Contractor shall prevent dust and dirt coming into contact with freshly painted surfaces.

Before the site painting coats are applied, the surfaces shall be washed with clean water to remove salt
and other impurities.

Paint shall not be applied to the embedded portions of metal items except for the portions within 75 mm.
of the finished concrete surface.

18.0 APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE LAYERS


Blast-cleaned surfaces shall be kept dry and over-coated within 4 hours of the start of cleaning (2 hours
for out-door blast-cleaning). They shall be treated in accordance with the protective treatment schedule,
except faying surfaces for HSFG connections.

19.0 BOLTS
Bolts, including friction-grip bolts, nuts and washers shall be hot-dip spun-galvanized in accordance with
BS 729. The threads if nuts may be re-tapped as provided for in that Standard.

Faying surfaces of high-strength friction-grip connections shall be blast cleaned to SA 2 1/2 quality
standard, masked within two hours to exclude air and only exposed just before bolting-up. Paint or
contaminants shall not be allowed on faying surfaces.

20.0 MATERIALS FOR STEEL WORK PROTECTION


Materials for steel work protection shall be as manufactured by W. J. Leigh & Co. or equal and approved.

21.0 SCHEDULE OF PROTECTIVE TREATMENT


Protective treatment to steelwork shall be in accordance with the following schedule:

21.1 Alkyd Finish Paint System


Treatment Min. DFT Microns
21.1.1 Blast clean to SA 2 1/2 quality standard surface amplitude microns -
21.1.2 Metagard G. 250 holding primer (Optional) (20)
21.1.3 Epigrip L. 4255 (HS) zinc phosphate epoxy primer 75
21.1.4 Epigrip K. 267 (HS) micaceous iron oxide epoxy 100
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 63 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

21.1.5 Leigh's oil modified alkyd undercoat 40


21.1.6 Leigh's oil modified alkyd high gloss finish (colour as directed) 40

Damaged paint work shall be blast-cleaned in bare metal as exposed or corrosion is present. If the
primer is intact, the surface shall be prepared by power wire-brushing. The prepared surface shall be
protected with coatings 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6, each to minimum DFT.
21.2 Galvanized Plus Alkyd Finish Paint System
Treatment Min. DFT Microns

21.2.1 Degrease galvanized surfaces with G. 500 water rinsable cleansing solution
21.2.2 Lightly abrade
21.2.3 Check for paint acceptability with 'T wash' mordant solution

Paint application shall not proceed until this check indicates, by the development of a black conversion
coating, that the entire surface is suitably prepared to receive paint.
a. Rinse with fresh water and dry
b. Epigrip H. 744A metallic lead primer 50
c. Epigrip K. 267 (HS) micaceous iron oxide epoxy 75
d. Leigh's oil modified alkyd undercoat 40
Leigh's oil modified alkyd high gloss finish (colour as directed) 40

Damaged paint work shall be blast-cleaned if bare metal is exposed or corrosion is present. If the primer
is intact, the surface shall be prepared by power wire-brushing. The prepared surface shall be protected
as follows:
a. W here primer is intact:
 Touch up with coatings 2.4, 2.6 and 2.8, each to minimum DFT.
b Where blast cleaning is necessary:
 Apply two coats of Epigrip H. 744A primer to a minimum DFT of 150 microns.
 Touch up with coatings 2.7 and 2.8, each to the minimum DFT.

22.0 PAINTING OF GALVANIZED BOLTS, ETC. AFTER ERECTION

Following erection galvanized bolt heads, bolt ends, nuts and washers shall be degrease with G.500
cleansing solution and abraded and painted to the specification of adjacent steel work.

23.0 ERECTION
The Contractor shall unload all materials and plant on site and shall provide tackle plant and packing
necessary for the erection of the steel work including any temporary bracing. No joints shall be finally
connected together until all the steelwork members, elements and the like have been accurately aligned.

Drift pins shall be employed only to bring together parts for assembly and must not be used to distort the
work. Stanchion bases shall be leveled up by the use of laminated steel packs placed at the corners of
the base plates. W hen the stanchion has been finally plumbed and leveled the space under the base
plate shall be completely filled with cement grout. When this grout has hardened sufficiently the steel
packings shall be removed by the specialist. Alternatively a center plate packing 50 mm. square may be
provided and left in to aid the leveling operation.

24.0 BEDDING OF STEELWORK


Bedding shall be carried out with Portland cement grout, mortar or fine concrete. Grout shall be used for
voids under 25 mm. in thickness and it shall be just sufficiently fluid to flow and fill the voids completely.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 64 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

For voids between 25 mm. and 50 mm. in thickness, fluid Portland cement mortar of strength not less

than 1:2 shall be used. Fluidity shall be consistent with its ability to fill the voids completely. For voids in
excess of 50 mm thick semi-dry Portland cement mortar of strength not less than 1:2 or fine concrete of
strength not less than 1:1:2 shall be thoroughly rammed into the voids until they are filled. Form work
shall be placed around the faces away from the end at which the ramming operations are being carried
out in order to prevent the loss or lack of consolidation of the materials.

Before grouting the steel work bases shall be supported by steel wedges and immediately prior to
grouting the voids to be grouted shall be thoroughly cleaned out. The operations shall not be carried out
until the steel work has been finally leveled and plumbed.

25.0 SUPPORT TO EXTERNAL MARBLE CLADDING


At the underside of balcony soffits where the marble cladding extends below the level of the concrete and
to the face of the balcony provide steel work support framework. The Contractor shall submit detailed
drawings and calculations of this proposed support framework all in accordance with these specifications.
All steel work surfaces shall be treated as specified and the marble fixtures and fittings as stated in
Section 10. The Contractor shall not commence work on this item until he has received the Engineer's
written approval to his support framework configuration and marble fixing details.

III. METALWORK SUNDRIES

LIMBER RAILS
Limber rails shall be manufactured by G & S All good Limited, UK. or equal and approved. The rails shall
be installed as shown on the Drawings using prefinished 35 mm. diameter tubing fixing to walls with steel
brackets. All joints in the rail shall be concealed at the bracket with its clip on coated cover. Spacing of
the brackets shall be in accordance with the Engineer's instructions and minimum requirements of the rail
manufacturers. Brackets shall be installed as per manufacturer's instructions.

Angles, cranked corners and the like shall be carefully fabricated to ensure that no damage is caused to
the coating and cut to sit bracket spacing. The installation of the rail shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's written instructions all to the approval of the Engineer.

ACCESS LADDER
Access ladders are to be formed from mild steel of welded or bolted construction to the satisfaction of the
Engineer and paint finished as detailed elsewhere in these Specifications.

Vertical ladders are to comprise 6 x 75 mm. strings 450 apart with 25 mm. diameter rungs at even centers
not less than 300 mm. and not greater than 380 mm. Strings are to extend not less than 900 mm. above
upper platform level and where the rise exceeds 5 mm. A back guard is to be provided comprising 6 x 25
mm. hoops 600 mm. diameters at 300 mm. centers. The whole is to be secured to the structure at not
greater than 900 mm. centers vertically with 6 x 75 mm. cleats and expanding anchor fixed to the
structure and giving unobstructed toe space between rungs and structure of not less than 150 mm.

SECTION G - ALUMINUM WORKS


1.0 GENERAL

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 65 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Aluminum works will include provision of all labour, materials, equipment and all other related items to
furnish and install the work of this Section as shown of Drawings, specified herein and required by the
job conditions including but not limited to:

1.1 Extruded aluminum framing members, built up composite sections and any required
reinforcement for all doors, screens, windows and roof lights.

1.2 All anchorage to the structure, backer roads within and between framing members, sealants and
flashings were required.

1.3 All necessary steel inserts, glazing, ironmongery, fly screens and any required fixing devices.

2.0 PRODUCT AND FABRICATION

2.1 Material extrusion shall be to BS 1161 and 1474. Sections, sizes, shapes and dimensions shall
be as per Drawings or as required by the job conditions and approved by the Engineer during
execution.

2.2 Aluminum moldings must be given caustic etch followed by an anodic oxide treatment to obtain
an Architectural Class 1 anodic coating. Anodization should be not less than 20 micron thickness.
2.3 All Aluminum works shall be finished in coloured electrostatic polyester powder coating as per
DIN Standard 53151, 53152, 53153, 53156 or equal and approved to RAL colour subject to the
Engineer's approval.

2.4 All aluminum surfaces that are to be in contact with cured concrete, mortar, steel and other
metals shall have the contact surfaces protected wherever they may entrap moisture or corrosive
elements. Metals that are to be in contact with mortar or concrete shall be protected with a two
coat bituminous coating.

Prime paint steel parts of anchors, anchor inserts reinforcement, supports, and all parts after field
welding or bolting with zinc chromate. Minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil for zinc chromate.

2.5 All aluminum finishes shall match in colour the samples approved by the Engineer. Finishing of
aluminum shall be in strict accordance with the standard, procedure and quality control plan
establishes by the approved aluminum manufacturer.
2.6 Fasteners type, size, alloy, quantity, spacing and anchorage devices will be per design by the
manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.

Exposed fasteners if permitted by the Engineer, shall be stainless steel with countersunk oval head
finished to match adjacent finish.

All screws, bolts, nuts, washers, rivets and the like in wet locations shall be 300 series non-magnetic
stainless steel. In non-wet locations cadmium plated or equal approved may be used. Lock washers or
other locking devices at all bolted connections must be provided, all to the Engineer's written approval.
2.7 All elements shall be new and free from defects that would impair their strength, durability or
appearance and to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.

2.8 All ironmongery is to be obtained from a manufacturer approved in writing by the Engineer and to
match in colour, finish and quality.
2.9 Thermally broken aluminum sections shall be manufactured from one outer aluminum section, one
inner aluminum section and a special rigid PVC insulator. The manufacturing shall be carried out
on a special machine which ensures the compact and rigid connections and provides the necessary
strength in the profile system.
2.10 The tensile strength and shear strength of the profiles shall be submitted in a test-report which shall
comply with DIN 17615 or BS equivalent.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 66 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

2.11 Thermally insulated aluminum section shall comply with DIN 41108 (thermally insulated), frame
material group 2.2, i.e., the heat transition coefficient shall be 3.1 W /M2 K or less with double glass.
The Contractor shall submit test certificates to indicate that his proposed system meets with these
thermal insulation requirements.

2.12 Aluminum elements shall be mechanically jointed by means of corner cleats or T cleats, the cleats
having to correspond to the inner cross section profile. Mechanical joints shall be made with
aluminum alloy pins or pressed with corner crimping machine. Joints shall be glued to ensure air
and water tight joints.

2.13 Coefficient of air infiltration shall be as per DIN 18055 or BS equivalent (0.01M3/H, the DIN air
infiltration value must be maintained with a test pressure difference of 0.6 KN/M2 2.0 M3/H (7
M3/H).

2.14 Non-visible central neoprene gasket (APTK - material as per DIN 7863 and NAAMM Standard
Specification, APTK - Aetylen, Propylene, Tarr, Kautscuk - Indian Rubber) shall be provided for all
opening windows to prevent water penetration and infiltration and shall not be exposed to sunlight.

2.15 Waterproofing against driving rain shall maintain DIN Standard 18055, Stress Group B, C.
Drainage should be direct to outside or through the cavity.

2.16 Sound insulation shall be in accordance with DIN 4109 and thermal insulation shall maintain the
standards of DIN 4108 or equal approved.

3.0 WINDOWS

All opening window types shall be fitted with neoprene-APTK seals and wool pile weather-stripping in
grooves extruded within the sections. W indows shall be supplied complete with all necessary glazing
beads, gaskets, fixing lugs and the like. Sliding elements shall be fixed with roll up fly screen system. All
ironmongery shall be from a single manufacturer's range and is to match in colour, finish and the like,
samples previously approved by the Engineer.

The aluminum profiles shall be extruded of the tested alloy AL AGSI 0.5, 22 as per DIN 17615 and size-
tolerance shall maintain DIN 1748 Part 4. Corners shall be performed by special machines so as to
obtain a tight fit without damaging the surfaces. All sections shall present clean straight and sharply
defined lines and shall be free from defects and imperfections that may impair their strength.

The finished surfaces shall present a clear surface free from alloy defects, die marks, scratches, streaks
or other surface blemishes.

Glass shall be fixed into frames by means of extruded neoprene glazing gaskets or proper profiles,
sections and sizes to fit the various aluminum sections and to ensure a tight and waterproof seal against
the glass.

Glass must rest on purpose made PVC glazing blocks which suits sections design.
All units shall be installed in the positions assigned to them plumb square and level and in alignment with
the surrounding work. They shall be securely fixed and all opening parts shall function properly without
their being any need to use force for operating them. All glazing work has to comply with DIN 18361,
18545, 18055 or BS equivalent.

4.0 INSTALLATION

4.1 Aluminum work shall be installed, adjusted and glazed by experienced workmen all in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions and in full conformity with the approved shop
drawings, samples and other submitted data. Under no circumstances shall materials be installed

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 67 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

on surfaces that contain condensation, dirt, grease or other foreign encountered materials that would
hinder or prevent proper installation and functioning for the use intended.

4.2 Aluminum work shall be carefully and accurately assembled with proper and approved provision for
contraction and expansion and set in correct locations as per approved detailed shop drawings, all
level, square, plumb and aligned with other work. All joints between framing and structural building
shall be sealed in order to be watertight and weatherproof and to satisfy all other requirements of the
Engineer.

4.3 Frames to be designed and manufactured with a maximum 2.5 mm. tolerance around the opening in
the structure. These joints are to be finished by applying an approved sealant into a polystyrene
foam backing strip.

4.4 All aluminum works are to be fully protected for the duration of the contract from damage by other
trades. The Engineer shall approve the method of protection.

5.0 STORAGE AND HANDLING

5.1 Delivered materials shall be identical to the Engineer's approved samples in every respect with
regard to colour and finish and in accordance with the shop drawings.

5.2 Materials shall be stored under cover in a dry, protected and clean location off the ground. All
materials that are disfigured, cracked, chipped, scratched or not suitable for installation shall be
removed from the Site and replaced with new material at the Contractor's expense.

5.3 Special care shall be exercised when handling and erecting aluminum to avoid abrasion or any other
damage to the finished surfaces.

5.4 Stacking and storing of the components during delivery or at the Site shall be done using softeners
and timbers to keep individual members free from contact with the ground and with each other.

5.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for the assignment of safe and secure storage area for all
materials for work under this section.

6.0 ADJUSTMENTS, CLEANING AND PROTECTION

6.1 If for any reason final finishes become scratched, abraded or damaged during transport, delivery,
storage or erection, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove or repair those defective
areas or components as directed and to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer.

6.2 Repair work shall be identical to the manufacturer's applied finish with regard to gloss, finish and
visual appearance. Field touch up of painted aluminum is permitted only with the written permission
of the Engineer. Where touch up is not an authorized means of repair, the damaged materials must
be replaced by new.

6.3 Glass breakages caused by any reason shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. To avoid
delay, a reasonable extra quantity of glass shall be available at the Site.

6.4 Upon completion of work all protective coverings from all exposed surfaces shall be removed. All
surfaces shall be cleaned using soap or detergents as recommended by the aluminum
manufacturers to remove sealants, discolouration and any other foreign material. Defection of any
type determined by the Engineer shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense.

6.5 Extreme care shall be taken when cleaning the exterior portions to protect other adjacent works.

7.0 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES AND TESTING

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 68 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

7.1 The Contractor shall submit complete sets of shop drawings, structural calculations, documentaries,
test results and other related certifications, samples and any other details required by the Engineer
for review and approval prior to any fabrication.

7.2 Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to plans, elevations, sections and full size scale
details for the work covered by this section.

The full size details shall show and note aluminum, glass, steel, wood and all other related materials, their
respective thickness and gauges, types, insulation, finishes, areas to be sealed and sealant, gaskets and
tapes, direction and magnitude of thermal expansion, direction and expansion of applicable building
movement, type of construction including but not limited to joinery, fastenings, welds, bolts, anchorage
assemblies and components, fabrication and erection tolerance for the work under this Section.

The shop drawings shall also indicate full size details of adjoining work even though they are not included
in this Section to ensure co-ordination.

The shop drawing details shall make reference to the detail numbers and drawing numbers used by the
Engineer to assist in reviewing them.

7.3 Detailed instructions shall be submitted for installation of glass and any special requirement
regarding specific area.

7.4 Details describing the design and structural framing elements shall be fully documented on the
shop drawings.

7.5 The Contractor will be fully responsible for all structural calculations to be submitted regarding this
Section even though accepted by the Engineer.

7.6 All samples under this Section must show the extremes of colour range, texture variation,
accessories and all other features required by the Engineer.

7.7 Test reports certified by an independent test laboratory for structural performance, water
penetration and air infiltration. Visual approval will be based on finish match and uniformity,
flatness, construction, joints and seals.

7.8 Test reports in four (4) copies shall be submitted to the Engineer for his final review and approval.

8.0 GUARANTEES

8.1 The work included under this Section shall be fully warranted for appearance, performance,
materials and workmanship for a period of not less than ten (10) years from the date of issue of the
Final Certificate.

8.2 Written warranties shall be delivered to the Employer through the Engineer in triplicate, on the
Contractor's official stationery and shall be executed by an authorized officer of the manufacturer of
each material system and shall be dated and neutralized by a fully authorized notary public.
8.3 An agreement shall be included in warranties to repair and/or replace at the Contractor's expense
defects that develop during the warranty period. The warranty shall include for the costs of all
required labour and materials.

8.4 The warranty shall include but not be limited to:


8.5 Assemblies and components specified complying with the Contract Documents and local
restrictions.

8.6 Premature material failure due to improper product design, fabrication or installations.
8.7 Abnormal deterioration, aging, weathering or malfunctioning either fully or partially.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 69 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

8.8 Structural failure.

8.9 Failure of anchorage metals due to oxidation, electrolytical damage and deterioration of protective
coatings.

8.10 Loose or missing parts.

8.11 Failure of operating and moving parts and components to function properly.

8.12 Failure of tapes, gaskets, sealants or any other parts or details that cause leakage of water, air
noise and vibration.

8.13 Glass breakages for which the cause of breakage can be determined, secondary glass breakages
due to falling glass fragments.

8.14 Dust, vapour or film formation on internal glass surface.

8.15 Failure to confirm to manufacturer's recommendations and industry standards as they apply to the
various elements.

8.16 Failure to confirm to profiles, location, arrangements, details and specifications shown on the shop
drawings.

8.17 Deterioration or discolouration and fading of design, pattern, engraving, colours, finishes or any
other deficiencies of metalwork and glazing.

SECTION H – GLAZING WORKS

1.0 GENERALLY
Glass is to be in accordance with acceptable British and American Standards. It is to be entirely free from
waves, scratches, bubbles, air holes, smoke wanes or similar defects.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 70 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor must produce on request all invoices or advice notes from Suppliers to confirm the glass
is of the standard specified.

Any scratched, broken or otherwise defective glass is to be removed and replaced by the Contractor at
his cost during or on completion of the W orks.

2.0 STANDARDS
Except as modified by governing codes and by the Contract Documents, comply with the applicable
provisions and recommendations of the following:

2.1 Flat Glass Manufacturing Association "Glazing Manual" 1980 edition.

2.2 Aluminum Manufacturer's Association Booklet Vol. 6, September, 1972.

3.0 SUBMITTALS
The Contractor shall submit samples of each type of glass and glazing gaskets. Samples will be
reviewed for colour and texture only.

The Contractor shall submit the following information from the manufacturer:

3.1 Statement that each product to be furnished is recommended for the application shown.

3.2 Complete instructions for handling, storing, mixing, priming, installing, curing and protecting each
glazing material.

A copy of the statement signed by the Manufacturer and Contractor shall be submitted stating that the
glazing materials comply with these Specifications and that the installed methods comply with the
manufacturer's printed instructions for each condition of use on this project.

Submit a ten (10) year guarantee against material obstruction of vision as a result of dust or film formation
of the internal glass surfaces as a result of the failure of the hermetic seal for ten (10) years. Upon
notification of such defects within the Guarantee Period, make the necessary replacements at the
convenience of the Employer at the Contractor's expense.

Finish maintenance instructions for each type of glass for use during construction and for use by the
Employer after acceptance of the W ork.

4.0 MOCK-UP

Prepare sample panels of varying glass types as instructed by the Engineer prior to finalizing glass type
and order. This shall be completed as early in the Contract as possible and so as not to cause delay to
the programme of work. The Glass including sealants and the like shall be provided.

5.0 PRODUCT HANDLING

Deliver glazing materials to site in manufacturer's unopened containers, fully identified with trade name,
colour, size, hardness, type, class and grade. Store each item in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions.

Deliver, store and handle glass in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations protected from
weather, staining and damage. During storage and handling of glass provide cushions at edges to
prevent impact damage. Protect glass from scratches and abrasion. Any glass broken or damaged as a
failure to comply with the aforementioned shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.

6.0 MATERIALS
6.1 General

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 71 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor shall submit representative samples of all glass he proposes to install in the Works. On
receipt of the Engineer's approval of same, the Contractor shall commence procurement of the glass.

6.2 Sheet Glass

Sheet glass shall be flat-drawn clear sheet glass complying with BS 952 Section 1 Ref. 4(a), "Ordinary
Glazing Quality".

6.3 Plate Glass

Plate glass shall be cast, rolled or drawn glass ground and polished on both surfaces complying with BS
952 Section 1 Ref. 6a(1), "Glazing Quality for Glazing".

6.4 Obscured Glass

Obscured glass shall be figured rolled glass complying with BS 952 Section 2 Ref. 14b of approved type.

6.5 Wired Glass

Wired glass shall be polished Georgian wired glass having both surfaces round and polished and with
square mesh inserted during rolling complying with BS 952 Section 4 Ref. 21b.

6.6 Heat Absorbing Glass

Heat absorbing glass shall be floated glass substantially opaque to infrared radiation complying with BS
952 Section 4 Ref. 23, Tint and manufacturer to Engineer's approval.

6.7 Insulated Glass

Insulated glass units shall be 24 mm. comprising:

6 mm heat strengthened (A' and B' below)


12 mm airspace
6 mm clear float

A' Blue B' Dark Blue

Light Transmittance 13% 9%


Light Reflectance 18% 9%
Solar Energy Transmittance 11% 8%
Solar Energy Reflectance (out) 17% 10%
Summer 'U' Value (Btu/hr ft2 °F) 0.50 0.53
Shading Coefficient 0.25 0.23
2
Relative Heat Gain (Btu/hr ft ) 57 53

For spandrel areas the same reflective glass shall be used but 6 mm single heat strengthened with an
pacifying film applied to the internal surface or a shadow box effect created by the aluminum Sub-
Contractor. Samples of glass shall be submitted for final selection by the Engineer.

7.0 GLAZING MATERIALS


7.1 Glazing Gaskets
7.1.1 Closed Cell Gaskets: Continuous extruded expanded foam neoprene with Shore “A”
udometer hardness and profile adequate to fulfill the performance requirements specified
and complying with ASTM C509 Type 11. Provide adhesive or mechanical key on one
side.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 72 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

7.1.2 Solid Gaskets: Continuous extruded neoprene with a Shore udometer hardness and profile
as required to provide pressure adequate to fulfill the performance requirements specified
and complying with the applicable provisions of ASTM C542.

7.1.3 Fully vulcanize gasket corners where compatible with installation procedures.

7.2 Setting Blocks


Neoprene blocks, 80 to 90 Shore “A” udometer hardness, set as recommended by glass
manufacturer.

7.3 Edge Blocks


Neoprene blocks, 60 to 70 Shore “A” udometer hardness, set as recommended by glass
manufacturer.

7.4 Joint Cleaner, Primer and Sealer


The products recommended by the manufacturer.

8.0 GLASS OPENINGS


The glass framing shall both structurally support and adequately cushion the glass. To prevent
mechanical and thermal stresses on the glass, the framing system shall provide openings that are within
the tolerances for squareness, corner offset and bow. These tolerances are listed below:

Squareness - 3 mm. difference in lengths of the diagonals


Corner Offsets - 0.8 mm. maximum offsets at corners
Bow - 1.6 mm. bow in a 1.22m length of frame

If the variations from these tolerances are anticipated, details of same shall be advised to the Engineer. If
site conditions are found to be outside these tolerances, corrections must be made before the openings
are glazed.

9.0 INSTALLATION
Workmanship shall generally be in accordance with CP 152 and respective British Standards.

The glass is to be delivered to the site with adequate protection to prevent damage and where possible it
is to be fixed in position immediately after delivery. When fixed the Contractor is to take all necessary
precautions to prevent damage during succeeding building operations and will be entirely responsible for
the replacement of any damaged glass at his own cost.

The Contractor is to be solely responsible for determining the exact sizes of glass required, including a
tolerance of 2 mm. to each edge and he is recommended to check the necessary dimensions on site.
No glazing is to be carried out until rebates have been painted with primer. Timber beads are also to be
primed before fixing.

All mastic is to be neatly struck off to agree exactly with site lines inside and out.

Rates are to include for all necessary springs, clips, setting blocks, location blocks and distance pieces
and for taking off and later re-fixing loose beads.
Glass apertures and timber doors are to be bedded in chamois leather glazing strip, black ribbon velvet or
PVC glazing strip to the approval of the Engineer.

10.0 CLEANING
All glass is to be thoroughly cleaned and polished on both side and all paint spots and the like completely
removed to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 73 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

11.0 GUARANTEE
All materials shall be covered by a guarantee from the Manufacturer / Contractor for a period of ten (10)
years in all respects from the date of issue of the Final Certificate.

12.0 GLASS BLOCK SCREENS


Glass block infill’s to powder coated aluminum frames shall be completed using blocks manufactured by
Nippon Electric Glass Co. Ltd., Osaka, Japan or equal and approved. The blocks shall be size 190 x 190
x 95 mm. thick, type Solar Reflective and pattern Clear.

The blocks shall be carefully built into the powder coated aluminum frame, care being taken not to
damage, abrade, scratch same, which shall be repaired on completion of fabrication at the Contractor's
expense. All installation works shall be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's written
instructions with particular note of the frequency and construction of expansion joints.

Installation shall include but not be limited to the following items of work:
1.0 Aluminum frame connected to structure prior to the commencement of installing the glass blocks.
2.0 Provide expansion strips of synthetic rubber between the glass blocks and aluminum frame at the
head and jambs, so allow for international deformation caused by external stress.
3.0 Provide galvanized steel anchor piece, all round, to anchor the reinforcing bars.
4.0 Provide 6 mm. diameters galvanized reinforcing bars at each vertical and horizontal joint. Use
two bars per joint as detailed.
5.0 Provide mortar using ordinary Portland cement for all joints in block wall.
6.0 Apply finishing mortar to interior side of wall using a mix of white cement and silica or white
marble powder.
7.0 Apply finishing mortar as per above but including waterproof admixture to external surfaces as
directed by the Engineer.
8.0 Provide poly-sulfide sealant to joint between wall and aluminum frame and expansion joints.
9.0 Clean, polish and make good on completion to the Engineer's approval.

13.0 SKYLIGHT

The skylight shall be manufactured using coloured polyester powder coated aluminum, all as detailed on
the Drawings, bolt fixed to concrete up stand. The glazing shall be in two layers clear laminated glass to
BS 6262, 8 mm. thick fixing in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Provide all weather-strip,
waterproofing, flashings and the like to ensure no ingress of water, moisture and the like through the joint
at the concrete upstand.

14.0 BALUSTRADES AND HANDRAILS


Horizontal and ranking balustrades, balusters, handrails and the like to staircases, landings and parapets
shall fully comply with British Standards and Codes of Practice. All components shall be properly
assembled and jointed by welding or screwing. All anchorages shall be cast into concrete where possible
and if not bolt fixed to the Engineer's approval. Balustrades and handrails are all as shown on Drawings.
Infill panels to staircase balustrades shall be 8 mm. thick toughened glass fixing with stainless steel
fixture to balusters. The balusters shall be set at centers as indicated on the detailed Drawings.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 74 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

SECTION I – JOINERY WORKS

1.0 GENERAL

Joiner's work shall be carried out in accordance with the Drawings and the principles of first class joinery
construction. Unless specifically stated otherwise, sizes shown on Drawings and stated in the Bills of
Quantities are finished sizes and the Contractor must allow for wrot faces.

2.0 TIMBER

a. All softwood for carpentry and joinery work shall be well seasoned, sound, free from shakes, large
loose or dead knots, waney edges, wrap, incipient decay, stained sapwood or other defects and
shall be to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with BS 1186 Part I.

b. Timber for carpentry work shall be carefully sawn square and shall hold the full dimensions shown
on the Drawings.

c. The hardwood for joinery work shall be to the approval of the Engineer well seasoned, close
grained and free from all defects. Hardwood for polishing or clear treatment shall be selected and
kept clean.

d. Any preservative treatment shall be approved by the Engineer.

e. Timber for joinery work shall be finished wrought to the exact sizes shown on the Drawings with
pencil rounded exposed arises and no joinery shall be built in until inspected and approved by the
Engineer.

f. The whole of hardwood joinery shall be rubbed down to a smooth surface and left clean and ready
to receive the specified finish. W here screw fixings would show on the surface of hardwood, the
heads shall be countersunk 6 mm. below timber surface and grain matched pellets not less than 6
mm. thick and tapered and cut from matching timber shall be glued in and finished off flush with
the face. This will apply equally to hardwood which is to be painted.

3.0 MOISTURE CONTENT OF TIMBER

a.The softwood generally shall have a moisture content limit of 12%.

b.The hardwood shall have a moisture content limit of 10% and shall have been skin dried.

c. The whole of the timber for joinery work shall be properly stacked and protected from rain and
ground moisture.

4.0 PLYWOOD

a.The plywood shall be external W BP quality resin bonded equal to BS 1455.

b.Plywood face veneers shall comply with BS 1455, Grade 1.

c. Plywood adhesives shall comply with BS 1203, Grade 1.

5.0 BLOCKBOARD
Blockboard shall be external WBP quality resin bonded equal to BS 3444.

6.0 TIMBER FACE VENEERS


All timber face veneers that are exposed shall be selected to the approval of the Engineer and shall be
hard durable and capable of being finished easily to a smooth surface. They shall be free from knots,
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 75 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

worm and beetle holes, splits, glue stains, filling or inlaying of any kind, or defects. Specimens of each
type of face veneer shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

7.0 DECORATIVE LAMINATED PLASTIC

Decorative laminated plastic sheet shall comply with BS 3794, Class 1, 1.55 mm. thick, obtained from an
approved source. No other substitute will be accepted.

8.0 ADHESIVES

Adhesives for:
b. Exterior use shall be synthetic resin type complying with BS 1204, Part 1, Type WBP.
c. Interior use shall be synthetic resin type complying with BS 1204, Part 1, Type MR.

9.0 PLUGS, NAILS AND SCREWS

a. Proprietary plugs shall be approved by the Engineer.


b. Steel nails shall comply with BS 1202, Part 1.
c. Wood screws for joinery shall be brass complying with BS 1210 with slotted countersunk
heads.
d. Screw cups shall be brass complying with BS 1494, Part 2.

10.0 FIXING AND JOINTING

a. Joinery work shall be carefully assembled and properly jointed in accordance with best practice;
all joints shall be glued and screwed or doweled. Any screws appearing on facework shall have
the heads let in and be pellated. Softwood fixings shall be stout brass screws.
b. Where joinery is required to be put together and fixed with brass cups and screws, the cups for
fixing hardwood joinery shall be cast brass cups with milled edges and shall be neatly let in to
finish flush with the face of the work.

11.0 DOORS
a. Doors shall be according to the Interior Design requirements as shown on the drawings.
b. All doors whether hollow core, semi-solid core or solid core and/or fire resisting shall conform to
BS 459, 476 and 4787 as appropriate with adequate blocking out for ironmongery, etc.
c. Doors with a polished finish are to be veneered with approved hardwood veneered plywood
factory finished and supplied with protective wrappings, and with all necessary preparation for
ironmongery carried out.
d. All edges are to be lipped with teak and all beads and lippings are to match face veneers.
e. Door frames to fire resisting doors must conform to tests required by BS 476.

12.0 FRAMES
a. Frames to doors shall be selected teak to the Engineer's approval to the sizes shown on the
Drawings, properly framed at angles and junctions.
b. Frames shall be securely tied to walls by means of steel or similar metal cramps, galvanized or
dipped in bitumen, three cramps to each side.
c. Doors, etc. shall be carefully and accurately fitted to the frames to give a uniform clearance of not
more than 3 mm. all around.

13.0 SKIRTINGS
a. Skirtings shall b as shown on the Drawings and all properly metered at intersections and
inscribed to fit snugly against adjoining surfaces.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 76 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

b. Glazing beads where required shall be teak splayed and rounded and shall be neatly mitred and
fixed with brass cups and screws.

14.0 SAMPLES
a. The Contractor shall submit samples of all teak, softwoods, hardwoods, boards, laminates, fixings,
accessories to be used in the works. Samples of framed up work, pellating, veneering, hardwood
and teak sections and finishing treatments shall also be submitted for approval.

b. All joinery work shall be at least equal to the approved samples which shall be marked and kept
on site for inspection whenever required.

15.0 PROTECTION
All joinery shall be protected from damage during the course of the Works and on completion shall be at
the Engineer's entire satisfaction. Before handing over, the Contractor shall make all necessary
adjustments and ensure that all doors, sliding and moving parts generally and lockable units, etc. work
easily.

16.0 IRONMONGERY
All ironmongery shall of first quality selected for the appearance and performance required and shall be
obtained from a well know manufacturer as listed in the "Approved List of Manufacturers" in this
Document, and shall bear the stamp of the manufacturer. Unless specified otherwise, all ironmongery
shall be supplied from the same manufacturer.

17.0 DESCRIPTION
a. The Contractor shall provide and fix the ironmongery shown on the Drawings complete, including all
necessary screws, bolts, plugs and other fixings. The use of nails for fixing ironmongery will not be
permitted. The Contractor shall hand over all work in a finished state and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

b. The Contractor will be required to submit for approval samples of all items or ironmongery he
proposed to use.

c. The size, materials, type and quality of ironmongery shall be as shown on the Drawings.

18.0 FINISH
a.The finish of the various items of ironmongery shall as shown on the Drawings.

b. Ironmongery not obtainable from the same range and/or manufacturer as the general ironmongery
for the works is to match the general ironmongery as closely possible.

19.0 FITTING AND TESTING


a. All screws used for fixing ironmongery shall be of the correct type, material, finish, size and shape
to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

b. The hinges on which doors, etc. are hung shall be carefully housed or let into the door and to the
frames.

c. All fittings shall be removed before commencing any painting and decorating operations and shall
be re-fixed in place on completion to the approval of the Engineer.

d. All ironmongery shall be carefully wrapped and protected until completion of the work and any
items or parts which are damaged or defaced or found to be defective shall b replaced at the
Contractor's expense before handing over.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 77 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

e. On completion all ironmongery shall be properly cleaned and tested and all moving parts shall be
oiled. All keys shall be clearly labeled with metal tags, and two sets of all keys shall be handed to
the Engineer.

f. All floor and door springs are to be fully charged with oil and their operation checked to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 78 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

SECTION J – FINISHES

I. PLASTERING
GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, apply to work of this Section.

1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. This section covers the work of plastering as required by the Contract.


Internal smooth cement plaster
External smooth cement and sand render (If Any).

B. Extent of each type of plaster work is indicated on Drawings and in schedule of finishes.

Workmanship is to conform to the recommendations of the appropriate Codes of Practice. The


Contractor is responsible for the provision of all labour, scaffolding, materials, tools, plant, etc. required
for the completion of the execution of the W orks, to the full satisfaction of the Engineer.

All branded materials delivered to site are to be properly stored in a watertight shed on a dry floor, or in
equivalent conditions to avoid deterioration prior to use. Any materials which do deteriorate or become
damage before use are to be removed from site and replaced at the Contractor's expense.

MATERIALS

1.0 CEMENT
The cement is to be as described in "Concrete Work".

2.0 SAND
The sand is to be clean, sharp, river or pit sand, free from earth, loam, saline materials or other impurities
and well graded from coarse to fine.

For use in plastering, sand is to comply with the requirements of BS 1198 Table 1.

For use in beds, granulation finishings, tile bedding and jointing, etc., sand is to comply with the
requirements of BS 1199 Table 1.

3.0 LIME
The lime used in plasters is to be hydrated complying with BS 890 Class B.

4.0 COLOUR PIGMENTS


The colour pigments are to comply with the requirements of BS 1014, and they are to be lime proof and
not-fading.

5.0 PLASTERBOARD
Plasterboard is to be self-finished gypsum wall board, or gypsum lath or baseboard where to receive a
skim coat, complying with the requirements of BS 1230.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 79 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

6.0 METAL LATHING, STOPS AND BEADS


Metal lathing, stops and beads are to suit the plaster and tile thicknesses and is to be fixed with non-
ferrous nails to walls strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

EXECUTION
Internal plastering is to comply with BS 5492.

Surfaces of receive plastering, beds, etc. are to be dry brushed to remove all loose particles, dust,
laitence, efflorescence, etc., and any projecting fins on concrete surfaces are to be hacked off. All traces
of mould oil are to be removed from concrete surfaces by scrubbing with water containing detergent and
rinsing with fresh water.

Surfaces are to be wetted and re-wetted as required to equalize suction before the first coat of plaster or
the like is applied. Particularly dense concrete surfaces are to be wetted and re-wetted as required
before bonding plaster is applied.

Where surfaces are out of line, they are to be brought to level by hacking or dubbing out in similar mix to
the undercoat prior to commencement of finishings.

The plaster for internal areas shall be one part of cement and four parts of sand of at least 15mm thick
finished and 20mm thick finished for external areas. A small quantity of lime may be added to this mix at
the Engineer's discretion.

Plaster or render shall be mixed in clean buckets and gauge boxes. All tools shall be kept clean and
fresh plaster or render shall not be contaminated with set plaster or render.

The ingredients for the plaster or render shall be mixed three times dry and three times while water is
added. Alternatively mixing may be done by approved mechanical mixers which are cleaned before use.

The working time permissible after the addition of water to the plaster or render mix shall be thirty
minutes. Mixed plaster or render that exceeds this limit shall be removed from the site and shall not be
re-tempered and be used in the W orks.

The Contractor shall ensure that before plastering or rendering commences the junctions between
differing base materials are reinforced with a strip of galvanized expanding metal lath secured at both
edges. All angle beads and the like shall also have been fixed.

All surfaces to be plastered or rendered are to be sprayed with water, which is to be allowed to dry out
before a key coat of cement slurry is applied.

All undercoats are to be scratched to form an adequate key for the next coat. The setting coat is not to
be applied until the floating coat has been left in a moist condition for at least three days.

Plasterwork is to be finished with a smooth, trowelled face, free from blemishes and fit to receive
decoration. Render is to be finished with a wood float. Any blown, cracked or otherwise damaged plaster
or render will be condemned by the Engineer and is to be hacked off and made good with quick setting
plaster at the Contractor's expense.

Full use is to be made of grounds, rules and angle trowels to ensure that all wall faces finish plane and
true to lime in all directions and that all angles are straight, true and plumb. Prices for plastering and
rendering are to ensure that work to walls and ceilings are effectively 'cut' at the joint so as to minimize
damage due to movement.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 80 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Tyrolean finish on plastered surfaces externally as noted shall be applied with an approved machine in
not less than two coats to a minimum of 6 mm. finished thickness. The surface finish is to be either
'rough textured' or 'pressed', and the render is to be cured after application of the second coat.

ANGLE BEADS
All external angles in walls, and at openings such as doors, windows and the like shall be protected with
galvanized mild steel angle beads complying with BS 1246 Fig. 7 Profile C3.

The shall be securely plugged, nailed or stapled as required at intervals not exceeding 18" (450 mm.) at
both edges.

Work to include as well, supply and fix of galvanized mild steel plaster stops to finish the plaster at
meeting with skirting leaving 10 mm. joint grooves.

BEDS FOR FLOOR TILING


Beds for floor tiling shall be composed of 1 part cement and 4 parts of sand by volume. Mixing all as
previously described.

Prices shall include surface preparation, temporary rules. laying to falls and cross falls as required by the
room location, making good and the like.

SAND CEMENT SCREED


Floor screeds are to compose of one part cement and three parts sand and are to be smooth and level.
Final difference in levels in any part of the building shall not exceed 2 mm otherwise the Contractor shall
be required to apply an approved self leveling screed to finish the surface.

Where beds are to be laid direct on to a concrete sub-floor that has set, the surface of the sub-floor is to
be thoroughly cleaned and prepared to ensure a good bond, the surface being chipped with a pick if
necessary, brushed well and washed out to remove all dust and dirt and thoroughly soaked with water left
on overnight. Surplus water is to be mopped up and immediately prior to laying the bed, the sub-floor is
to be coated with a grout of neat cement wash well brushed on as the work proceeds. The grout must not
be permitted to set before the bed is laid.

The beds are to be protected from excessively rapid drying out by means of tarpaulins or polythene
sheeting for a minimum of 7 days after laying.

Laying beds is preferably to be carried out when the building is fully protected from adverse weather,
however, the Contractor is to protect all beds as necessary from damage by wet weather.

II. STONE FLOORING AND WALL CLADDING

GENERAL

1.0 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, apply to work of this Section.

B. Fabrication supply and installation of stone flooring and wall stone cladding at locations
shown on the Drawings and Schedules.

C. Coordination with the work of Sections 03300, 05500, 06200, 07135, 08110, 08200, 08520,
08710, 08920 and the work of MEP Specifications.

D. This section covers marble/granite/stone finish works as indicated on Drawings and specified
herein and shall include the following items:

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 81 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Floor Tiles
Bases
Thresholds
Stairs, Steps
Wall Cladding with Individual Anchors and Mortar
Marble flooring

E. Extent of each item marble/granite/stone work is indicated on Drawings and in Finishing


Table.

2.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. installer's Qualifications:

1. Regularly engaged in the installation of dimension stone flooring systems, and able to
demonstrate at least 10 years of successful experience.
2. Able to demonstrate satisfactorily completed work of minimum size as this project.
3. Familiar with the requirements of the Marble Institute of America and their publication,
Design Manual IV.

B. Mockups: At locations in the building where designated by Engineer, install mockups of


each type of floor material, complete, fully grouted, for Engineer’s approval. Modify mockups
as necessary to obtain approval. Approved mockups may remain as part of the completed
work.

C. Environmental Conditions: Do not perform work when temperature in the work area is
likely to exceed the application and curing ranges recommended by the manufacturers of the
mortars and adhesives. Observe recommended working temperatures of additives and
bonding agents.

3.0 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: Submit samples for 4 m2 (minimum) submission of each type of stone for
approval of coloration, colour range and finish. Resubmit samples as many times as may be
required to obtain approval. Appearance of installed work shall match approved samples.
B. Shop Drawings: Provide as specified in Section 01300. Show among other items and in as
large a scale as possible, the following:

1. Complete details of the flooring system including patterns, etc.;


2. Dimensions of each unit, including holes and irregularities;
3. Thickness and finishes of each unit, shown in cutting, fitting, sinking, back checking;
4. Jointing methods and clearances;
5. Complete connection and insert details, methods of anchoring, and sizes of
anchorages, cramps, dowels, shelf angles, other support elements and framing,
including materials, and detailed drawings and setting-out information so that
connection material can be readily installed in the required location;
6. Locations and provision for expansion and contraction, and building movement;
7. Identifying marks for each unit;
8. Sequence of erection and any special handling or bracing required;
9. Special precautions to be taken by other trades affecting the work of this Section;
10. Locations of hardware, service outlets, access panels, fixtures, fittings, and similar
appurtenances.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 82 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

4.0 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Handle, deliver and store stone, tiles and cementitious materials in manner to ensure no
discoloration and damage occur.

B. Use cushion protected wood rollers and lifting devices when required to move units, do not
use ropes.

5.0 WARRANTY
A. Provide written warranty made in the name of Engineer and jointly singed by Contractor,
Subcontractor and stone fabricator, warranting against defective materials and workmanship
for a period of ten years from the date of the Completion Certificate.

6.0 PRODUCTS

6.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Subject to compliance with the specification requirements of this section, provide products by
one of the attached list of manufacturers or approved equal shown in Section 01295.

7.0 MATERIALS

A. Stone: Types, colours and finishes as shown on the drawings and schedules.

Extent of each item marble/granite work is indicated on Drawings and in Finishing Table.

B. Cement: to BS 12 Class 42.5, non-staining white Portland cement.

C. Sand: to BS 1119 Table 1 for walls and to BS 882 Table 5 for floors, fine granular material
composed of hard, strong, durable mineral particles, which shall be free from injurious
amounts of saline, alkaline, organic or other deleterious substances, and passing a 1.25 mm
mesh.

D. Water: Free from salt and other deleterious foreign matter.

E. Latex Portland Portland_Cement Mortar: modified Portland cement mortar and polymers to
BS 5385.

F. Colour Pigments: Pure mineral pigment, lime-proof, non-staining.

G. Structural Steel: to BS 4360; Grade 43C and galvanized to BS 2989.

H. Steel Angles: to BS 4948, equal and unequal legs, fabricated from steel to BS 4360 and
galvanized to BS 2989.

I. Design of Steel Components: to BS 5950.

J. Dowels, Cramps, Connectors and Anchors: AISI type 316 stainless steel.

K. Adhesive for Liners, Blocking, and Joints: German cement or epoxy adhesive.

L. Pointing Compound: One part non-staining cement, 1-1/2 parts white silica sand tempered
with lime putty and coloured to colours designated by Engineer.

M. Non-staining Cement: freshly ground, waterproofed, non-staining cement, colour white.

N. Primer: Zinc-rich to CGSB Specification 1-GP-132M.

O. Bituminous Coating: to BS 3690: Part 2.


NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 83 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

P. Non-slip Finish: “Guard” or “Slipstop” to BS 5395 or other similar product to Engineer’s


approval.

Q. Metal Lath: To BS 1369, exterior flat expanded type, galvanized and weighing not less than
1.4 kg/ sq.m.

R. Sealant, Primers and Bond Breakers: Two-part poly sulphide to BS 4254, brand to
Engineer’s approval.

S. Exposed Metal Inserts: Phosphor Bronze, 6 mm continuous strips embedded into sub-
floor.

T. Bronze Bands: Architectural bronze, c38500 alloy, 90/0 gilding metal, dull satin polished,
with clear polyester lacquer protective coat. Bronze bands to be 60 mm and 30 mm wide as
indicated, by 4 mm thick.

8.0 FABRICATION - GENERAL

A. Do not start fabrication until shop and erection drawings have been reviewed, and samples
have been approved.

B. In so far as practical, execute fitting and assembly in the shop, with the various parts or
assemblies ready for erection at the building site.

C. Take field measurements and levels required to verify or supplement those shown on the
Drawings for the proper layout and installation of the work. Co-ordinate dimensional
tolerances in adjacent building elements, and confirm prior to the commencement of the
work.

D. Fabricate members to profiles shown on the Drawings.

E. Fabricate members for millwork items as indicated on the Drawings. Co-ordinate this work
with Section 06200.

G. Provide expansion and contraction joints as necessary.

H. Accurately fit together all joints, corners and mitres. Match components carefully to produce
perfect continuity of line and design. Reinforce corners as required with solid stone pieces
epoxide in place.

I. Coordinate design and fabrication of miscellaneous steel framing needed to complete work
on this Section with Metal Works.

J. Weld steel, where required, in accordance with BS 693 or BS 5135. W elded joints shall be
of adequate strength and durability with jointing tight and flush.

K. Provide devices for anchoring the assemblies to the building structure, with sufficient
adjustment to permit correct and accurate alignment.

L. Fabricate all anchoring devices required to secure the work of this Section. Supply anchors
where required to be built into work of other Sections.

M. Fabricate shelf angles, furring and support framing from rolled steel sections to suit the
structural concrete and steel framing, and the general arrangement shown on the Drawings.
Provide such other members, and reinforce the support systems as required, to support the
stone and meet the specified design requirements, in compliance with requirements of
Authorities having Jurisdiction. Steel shall be coated with 2 coats of zinc-rich primer.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 84 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

9.0 FINISHES

A. For finishes of marble/granite/stone: refer to the Drawings and Room Finish Schedule for
selection of polished, honed, flamed finishes to be applied in specific locations.

10.0 STONE THICKNESS

A. Minimum thickness of stone units after finishing shall be as follows unless otherwise shown
on the drawing:

a. Floor slabs: 20 mm
b. Stone soffits: 20 mm
c. Interior wall cladding: 20 mm
d. Interior base skirting: 20 mm–curved based skirting units to be 20 mm
thick minimum at the edges.
e. External site marble flooring slabs 40 mm
f. External seats marble stone finish 30 mm
g. Stone for millwork items: As detailed on the drawings

h. Size of dolomite boulders for external retaining walls tops shall be as indicated on
Drawings and as per the Engineer.

i. Dolomite stone cladding for external retaining walls 50 mm thick

11.0 EXECUTION

11.1 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

A. Before commencing erection, examine the work of other Sections that will be affected by this
work.

B. Report immediately in writing to Engineer all discrepancies in accuracy and suitability in the
location, bearing and retaining of structural members, which will adversely affect the
installation and permanency of the work of this Section.

C. Ensure that openings and recesses to receive the work of this Section are within acceptable
tolerances. Remove dust and other loose material from openings.

D. Preparation of W alls: W here plastered walls, concrete block walls and cast-in-place concrete
walls are to be finished with adhered stone, apply a leveling coat of cement mortar minimum
6 mm thick, sufficient to cover the unevenness of the substrate and to make walls true
vertical. Trowel mortar smooth to leave a surface suitable for use of thin-set mortar.

E. Preparation of Floors: Cast-in-place concrete substrates shall be sufficiently smooth and


level, such that when thin-set mortar to accept stone is applied, no voids under the stone
occur. Grind-off high spots and fill-in low spots as necessary to ensure no voids occur.

F. Commencement of installation shall indicate acceptance of the work of other Sections upon
which the work of this Section depends.

G. All floor are to be selected before installation is proceeded.

11.2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 85 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

A. Comply with the requirements of BS 5385, Part 5: 1990 - Code of Practice for Design and
Installation of Material Stone Flooring.

B. Distribute units of ranging colour or texture evenly over the entire installation to avoid
patches or streaks, and produce a homogeneous blending of all nits. If a noticeable pattern
or grain direction is apparent due to natural appearance of stone or finishing, install units in
accordance with Engineer’s instruction and selection.

C. All units shall be laid so as to produce homogeneous blending.

D. Clean stones thoroughly on all exposed surfaces by steam-cleaning or by washing, followed


by a thorough drenching with clear water before being set in the work.

E. Sponge or drench with clean water just prior to setting in mortar, all stones not thoroughly
wet.

F. Set stone work level, plumb, square and true with uniform joints. Chipped, broken or
blemished units shall be rejected.

G. Avoid splashing mortar on exposed faces of stone. Remove droppings immediately by


means of sponge and clean water.

H. Co-operate fully with the Reinforced Concrete and Structural Steel Sections and schedule
this work to co-ordinate with the work of those Sections.

I. Supply inserts and anchorage devices for casting-in-place in concrete and instruct other
Sections as to proper location and position.

J. The alignment face for stone shall be the exposed face.

K. Fasten the work securely as erection progresses. Provide all units with suitable temporary
braces, shores, and stays to hold them in position until permanently secured. Draw all nuts
and bolts tight and upset bolt threads to prevent the nuts from backing off or sport weld nut
heads.

L. Under no circumstances shall any stone butt directly against and/or bear directly upon
another unit.

I. MARBLE AND GRANITE WORK


Marble floor and wall tiles are to generally comply with the requirements of BS 4131 and they are to be
supplied by the manufacturer approved by the Engineer. The floor tiles are to be laid on a cement and
sand screed to make up the total floor finish thickness. The wall tiles shall be dry fixed.

Samples of all marble and granite to be used in the Works are to be submitted to the Engineer for
approval prior to commencement of same on Site.

The Contractor is to ensure that all marble and granite delivered to site is stored on a raised platform in a
water free area and is protected with suitable sheeting.

Any chipped or stained pieces are to be removed from Site and replaced at the Contractor's expense.

Marble or granite for use as wall cladding is first to be shown on working drawings submitted by the
Supplier for the Engineer's approval. These drawings are to detail the key numbers of each slab together
with details of anchorages, and no marble or granite is to be worked until these drawings are approved.
Layout of marble and granite as flooring shall be similarly presented.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 86 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor is to supply all necessary stainless steel fixings, dowels and continuous stainless steel
supports at the base of wall linings are required, and all in accordance with CP 298. All fixings are to be
concealed when the work is complete.

All external angles are to be rebated joints. Where marble abuts door frames and the like, the edges
shall be chamfered.
The Contractor is to use the following table as a guide to the minimum number of anchors required to
support each slab:
Slab Size No. of Anchors per Slab

Not exceeding 0.60 m 2 2

Over 0.60 m 2 not exceeding 1.20 m 2 3

Over 1.20 m 2 not exceeding 3.60 m 2 4

Over 3.60 m 2 not exceeding 6.00 m 2 6


One extra anchor for each additional
Over 6.00 m 2
square meter of slab.

The Contractor is to be solely responsible for the provision of sufficient fixings.

Unless otherwise instructed, wall linings are to be set 30 mm. clear of the structural backing and the rear
of each slab is to be coated with shellac or bitumen paint to prevent staining from behind.

In addition to anchors and the like, internal work is to be bedded on plaster of Paris or non-stinging
cement mortar spots, and the joints are to be neatly pointed in non-staining cement mortar. External work
is to be set as internal work, but non-staining, quick-setting cement is to be used.

Marble and granite flooring slabs shall be tamped on to cement and sand screed with a suitable mallet
until firmly bedded. The slabs are then to be lifted and the backs parged with wet cement, before re-
laying to the correct level. The Floor is then to be roped off for 24 hours, after which the slabs are to be
grouted with water and neat non-staining coloured cement.

Marble and granite cladding is to be protected at the corners with non-staining wood formwork and floors
are to be protected by suitable boarding or slurry as approved by the Engineer.

On completion of work, all marble and granite is to be thoroughly cleaned by scrubbing with fibre brushes
and mild alkaline solution, to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.

II. TILING WORKS

1.0 CERAMIC TILES


Unglazed ceramic floor tiles and cover skirtings are to comply with the requirements of BS 1286.

The glazed ceramic wall and floor tiles are to comply with the requirements of BS 1281.

1.1 ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS


All tiles shall be fixed to plaster with an approved adhesive especially made for the purpose with closely
butted joints and later pointed in white or coloured cement.

Where tiling abuts against frames or other tiling at angles and around pipes, etc. it shall be carefully cut
and fitted to form a close neat joint. Open irregular joints filled with cement and sand or plaster will not be
permitted.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 87 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

A silicone rubber based sealant shall be inserted between tiles and all sanitary fittings and shall be by an
approved manufacturer and used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions
including all necessary backing pieces and primers.

1.2 SURFACE HARDENERS


The Contractor is to treat surfaces of cement and sand screeds with suitable medium duty surface
hardener, used strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

1.3 WALL TILING


General

The surfaces to which tiles are to be fixed are to be thoroughly dry before fixing commences and free
from all defects. Any such defects are to be made good before work commence. Wall tiling shall be
carried out in accordance with CP 212.

Tiles that are to be fixed to wall surfaces by bedding in an approved adhesive, extreme care being taken
in the setting out, lining and leveling of tiles and all external angles are to be mitre jointed. The adhesive
is to be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

The agreement of the Engineer to the setting out of tiles is to be obtained before commencing work and a
sample room is to be set out for the Engineer's approval prior to continuing work on other rooms. Tiles
shall be fixed with true horizontal and vertical joints as an even width of 1-2 mm.

Adequate time is to be allowed to enable complete setting of the tile bedding before joints are grouted.
The whole of the tiled surface is to be thoroughly cleaned down on completion and left in perfect
condition. Any cut tiles are to be neatly and cleanly cut using an approved method and cut tiles are to be
used only at internal corners or in other locations to be approved by the Engineer.

1.4 FLOOR TILING


General

The Contractor is to satisfy himself that the surface on which the tiles are to be laid is satisfactory to
receive the tiles. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory surface and or bedding
and any remedial work necessary is to be carried out at the Contractor's expense.

Before laying commences, the base is to be free from dust, loose material, grease, plaster and the like.

Care is to be taken in cutting and fitting and the setting out of tiles and colour patterns are to be as shown
on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Any adhesive on tile surface or any other finished
surface is to be completely cleaned off. The tiles shall be laid with true aligned joints of an even width of
1-2 mm and grouted up on completion.

The work is to be set out from the center of rooms using whole tiles and working outwards. Rates are to
include for all the cut margins and make up pieces at limits and boundaries.

The flatness of tiled or paved floors must be such that a two rule moved in all directions shows no bump
or hollow of over 4 mm.

The terrazzo tiles are to be soaked in clean water immediately before laying to the levels and grades
shown on the Drawings. When the bed is sufficiently firm to prevent disturbance of the tiles, they are to
be grouted up with neat cement slurry well worked into the joints, with any surplus grout being removed
from the face of the tiles. On completion,

All terrazzo surfaces are to be grouted to an approved polished surface using a No. 140 carborundum
wheel.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 88 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

The Contractor is to store ceramic floor tiles in such a way that they are protected from moisture until
laying in a cement and sand bed, with even joints of not wider than 2 mm. The tiles are to be grouted
with a tinted mortar mix to match the tiles, a minimum of twelve hours after completion of the tiling.

III. LIGHT GLUED FLOOR COVERINGS


1.0 Surface Preparation

The light glued floor coverings shall be laid on a screed to the thickness shown on the drawings. All
screed materials shall conform to the requirements of the previous section. The screed thickness shall
include all irregularities in the concrete slab under and be finished true and level so that a 2 metro ruler
lay on the floor covering a leveling screed shall be laid to ensure a perfectly smooth surface. The product
shall be selected from a range that is compatible with the adhesive to be used. Products with a casein or
plaster base shall not be used.

2.0 Laying of Plastic Flooring

This work shall nit commence until the levelness and surface of the leveling screed is approved in writing
by the Engineer. Further preparatory work will be at the Contractor's expense.

The adhesive used shall be that as specified by the tile / sheet manufacturer and applied in accordance
with the written instructions. All surfaces to receive adhesive shall be clean and free from dirt to avoid
poor adhesion and unevenness of finished surface. The flooring shall be laid y double gluing unless
otherwise stated in the technical instructions. All joints shall be welded perfectly in line and all cutting and
fitting at corners, junctions and the like shall be carried out in a workman like manner. Skirting tiles shall
be fixed as detailed to roof perimeters ensuring a neat joint at the junction with the flooring. Excess
adhesive shall be carefully removed to ensure no damage to the flooring.

All sections of the flooring that show poor adhesion, swellings, bumps and hollows greater that approved
by the Engineer, inaccurate joint alignment, open joints, poor workmanship cutting and the like shall be
removed and re-done at the Contractor's expense.

3.0 Laying of Textile Flooring

The surface shall be prepared as for the plastic flooring and these works shall be carried out in
accordance with BS 5325 by experienced operatives. This work shall not commence until the building is
watertight and all wet trades including painting, the mechanical and electrical works are completed.

Underlay shall be laid so that the seams do not show through the carpet. W hen underlay is laid in the
same direction as the carpet seams in the underlay and carpet shall not coincide. Carpets shall be laid
with seams straight and parallel to one of the axis of the room, cross seams will not be permitted.

All lengths of carpet shall be fitted so that the pile lies in the same direction. Seams in adjacent lengths
shall be hand stitched. All adjacent lengths shall be hand stitched. All carpet designs and patterns shall
be carefully aligned between adjacent seams prior to fixing.

The carpets shall be fixed with adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer after the fixing of the
skirtings. No added strips will be allowed, all carpet shall be laid complete. All cuts and adjustments at
edges, corners, frames, pipework and the like shall be carried out in a workman like manner. Any parts of
the floor covering indicating faults such as lifting, bumps and risers exceeding acceptable tolerances,
incorrect alignment of joints, poorly executed cuts and the like, shall be rejected, taken up and remade by
the Contractor at his won expense.

4.0 Plastic Flooring

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 89 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

4.0 Plastic Flooring

4.1 2 mm. thick heavy duty vinyl sheet flooring. Colour to Engineer's approval. The sheet flooring
shall conform to BS 3261A.

4.2 3 mm. thick heavy duty acoustic foam backed vinyl sheet flooring. Colour to Engineer's approval.
The sheet flooring shall conform to BS 5085 Part 2.

4.3 2 mm. thick anti-static vinyl flooring system, fixing with approved adhesive. Colour to Engineer's
approval. Installation shall be in accordance with CP 203, and cleaned on completion with detergent
as recommended by the manufacturer.
4.4 PVC coved skirtings shall be for installation in connection with the aforementioned flooring types.
The skirting set-in system shall be from the same manufacturer as the flooring products.

4.5 4 mm. thick overall synthetic rubber tiles for heavy duty contract areas. Colour to Engineer's
approval. All stair treads / risers, skirtings, stair angles and the like shall be selected from the same
range and manufacturer for the flooring.

5.0 Textile Flooring

A brass angle division strip size 40 x 30 x 4 mm. thick is to be bedded in screeds between the carpet and
other floor finishes and is to be fixed to adjustable clips secured to the concrete floor and will be bedded
on to the adjacent screed.

IV. OTHER FLOOR FINISHES

1.0 Monolithic Floor Finish

Level surface and remove excess laitance by tamping, screeding, and preliminary wood floating. W hen
the slab has hardened sufficiently so that water and fine material will not be worked to the top,
compaction of the surface with motor-driven floats of the disc type and trowel smooth with two steel
toweling operations shall be done. Do the second toweling after the concrete has become so hard that
no mortar will adhere to the edge of the trowel, and exert heavy pressure to thoroughly compact the
surface. Leave floors with a smooth, hard finish free of blemishes and true to a maximum tolerance of
3mm in 3 metres. Monolithically finish surfaces scheduled to receive the following:

A. Hardener and Sealer.


B. Carpeting.
C. Where no other finish is specified.

2.0 Motor Float Finish

Level surface and remove excess laitance by tamping, screeding, and preliminary wood floating. W hen
the slab has hardened sufficiently so that water and fine material will not be worked to the top, compact
the surface with motor-driven floats of the disc type. Leave floors/roofs with a smooth finish and true to a
maximum tolerance of 3mm in 3 meters. Motor float finish surfaces scheduled to receive the following:

A. Membrane W aterproofing.

3.0 Rough Slab Finish


Tamp the concrete using special tools to force the aggregate away from the surface, the screed with
straight edges to produce a reasonably true and uniform surface. Rough slab finish surfaces scheduled
to receive the following: a. Ceramic Tiles; b. Marble.

4.0 Broom Finish

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 90 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Tamp the concrete using special tools to force aggregate away from the surface, then screed with straight
edges to bring surfaces to the required lines. W hile the concrete is still green, wood float to a true and
uniform plane to a 3mm in 3m tolerance with no coarse aggregate visible, and finally brush the concrete
surface with a broom in a direction perpendicular to the movement of vehicles.

A. Driveway, Ramps and Parking.

5.0 Interior Exposed Concrete Surface of Slab, Beams, Columns and W alls

Unless otherwise shown, leave a smooth finish, even-textured and free of blemishes. Repair or replace
defective areas, as directed. As soon as the face forms are removed, remove all fins and other
projections carefully, level offsets and grid where necessary. Repairing, replacing and pointing and filling
voids shall be done to the Engineer's satisfaction. Patch as specified under paragraph "Patching".

6.0 Hardener and Sealer

Apply two coats in accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed instructions on the
following concrete floor surfaces:

A. Exposed in the finished work.


B. To receive carpeting.

7.0 Grouting

7.1 Mix grout in accordance with the approved manufacturer's instructions to a consistency which will
permit placement. Place grout so as to ensure complete bearing and elimination of air
pockets.

8.0 Cleaning Finished Exposed Concrete Surfaces

8.1 In the event that efflorescence, stains, oils, grease or any unsightly accumulation of foreign
materials are visible on the exposed exterior and/or interior surface of finished concrete, the
Engineer may require remedial action to be taken to remove these blemishes. Such action
may cover all exposed concrete or when irregular lapping can be avoided, only such parts as
are affected by the stains or other unsightly appearances. No such remedial action is
allowed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

CLEANING

A. Keep installed work clean as work progress.

B. After grouting and pointing clean stone with stiff nylon fiber brushes and water in accordance
with written recommendations of the Marble Institute of America. The use of steel wire
brushes or acids is not permitted. Flush down with clean water at completion.

C. Clean and make good to Engineer’s approval, surfaces soiled or otherwise damaged in
connection with the work of this Section. Pay the cost of replacing finishes or materials that
cannot be satisfactorily cleaned or which have been damaged by improper cleaning
materials and techniques.

D. Remove concrete and alkali wash-offs on surfaces as work progress.

E. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove all debris, equipment and excess
material resulting from the work of this Section from the site.

V. SUSPENDED CEILING
6.1 General

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 91 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

V. SUSPENDED CEILING
6.1 General

Suspended ceiling shall be installed by specialists. They shall be capable of outstanding normal air
pressure and suction forces action both below the ceiling and within the ceiling void.

The Contractor shall prepare, and submit for approval, fully dimensioned working drawings prepared from
the general working drawings of the Engineer and from a site survey. Setting out points common to all
trades shall be established early in the manner described and shown on the working drawings.

Rod type suspension system hangers and hook bolts for suspension system shall be fixed to structural
concrete soffits. Self-drilling threaded metal sockets of an approved type shall be used for fixing to
concrete. Suspension and framing shall be of metal sections only. No timber framing will be accepted.

Finished ceiling heights shall be rigorously respected; they shall be measured for the finished floor levels.

The ceilings shall be left perfectly flat and shall not show a deviation of more than 3 mm. from a 3 meter
straight edge. The Contractor shall take all possible precautions to eliminate any defects.

Prices shall include for cutting and fitting ceilings around onstacles and neatly finishing the edges of the
work.
Proprietary suspended ceiling system shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions, by workmen skilled in this work in a rigid and secure manner so that the final surface is free
of any waves, buckles or sap.

Tiles and ceilings forming a grid or pattern shall be set out on the axis of the room in both directions.

Suspended ceilings shall not be erected until the windows have been glazed, the building closed in, the
plaster work dried out, all wet work completed and the building suitably air-conditioned, relative humidity
must not exceed 70% and the temperature must be maintained within the range 15 - 300C.

The design of and dimensional tolerances set by the manufacturer for accessory items such as formed
wire hangers, spring spacer clips, tile retainers and spacer bars shall be such as to assure satisfactory
performance of their intended function in the suspension system. Failure attributable to such accessories
to control alignment, prevent undesirable rotation or other unsatisfactory performance which results in
unfavourable appearance will be cause for their rejection.

General installation procedures shall be as follows:

6.1.1 The area to receive treatment shall be dry and be satisfactorily closed against excessive traffic
and be protected against weather before work is started.

6.1.2 Installation shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's specifications except as modified
by this Specification.

6.1.3 Install units in a true and even plane, in straight line course laid out symmetrically about center
lines of ceiling or panel, continuing pattern, through wall openings or as indicated. Border tile
shall not be less than 15 cm. wide.

6.1.4 Fit border units neatly against vertical surfaces.

6.1.5 Seal joints in units around pipes, ducts and electrical outlets with acoustical sealant.
6.1.6 Carefully co-ordinate and fit units to grilles, lighting fixtures and other related items of work. In
determining spacing and location of hangers for main runners and carrying channels, take into
consideration the weight of grilles, fixtures, etc. that are to be installed in conjunction with
acoustic ceilings.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 92 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

6.2 Aluminum Suspended Ceilings

Aluminum tiles, aluminum strip and aluminum acoustic grid suspended ceilings together with their
respective metal suspension systems. All aluminum ceilings shall be supplied complete with accessories,
wall trims, linings and the like.
6.3 Mineral Fibre Suspended Ceilings
600 x 600 x 20 mm. prefinished mineral fibre ceiling panels on and including grid by Armstrong or equal
approved.

The panels shall be coated during manufacture with prime and two coats emulsion paint and delivered to
site in sealed polythene wrappings.

VI. PAINTING AND DECORATIONS


1.0 GENERAL

The painting materials shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer (but priority shall be given to
local manufacturers when complying with the required specification) and shall be supplied ready mixed in
the manufacturer's sealed and branded containers. Each container shall bear the maker's brand name,
identification of contents and directions for its proper use. All material must be thoroughly stirred before
use.

All sealers, primers, undercoats and singers shall be the products recommended by the manufacturers of
paint used for the finishing coat.

Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, colours shall be selected by the Engineer.

2.0 MATERIALS

2.1 Mordant Solution

Mordant solution shall be of approved manufacture.

2.2 Rust Inhibitors

Rust inhibitors shall be of approved manufacture.

2.3 Knotting

Knotting shall comply with BS 1336.

2.4 Stopping

Stopping for woodwork to receive clear finish shall be tinted to match surrounding woodwork, to
approval.

Stopping for internal woodwork, plywood, hardboard and fiberboard shall be linseed oil putty to
BS 544, tinted to match the colour of the undercoat.

Stopping for external woodwork shall be white lead paste and gold size well mixed.

2.5 Thinners

Thinners shall be approved turpentine or white spirit to BS 245.

2.6 Stain

Stain for woodwork shall be an approved brand of oil stain complying with BS 1215.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 93 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

2.7 Polyurethane Lacquer

Polyurethane lacquer for woodwork shall be of an approved manufacture.

2.8 Varnish

Varnish for interior woodwork shall be an approved brand, oil varnish. Varnish shall form a hard
flexible transparent and quick drying film.
2.9 Linseed Oil

Linseed oil for woodwork shall be refined. Linseed oil to Comply with BS 242.

2.10 Priming Paints

Priming paints shall be the primer recommended by the manufacturer of the finished paint or

2.10.1 For Woodwork: Lead-based or priming paint to comply with BS 2521 and 2523.
2.10.2 For Steelwork: Red oxide priming paint to comply with BS 2524.
2.10.3 For Galvanized, Zinc or Aluminum Work: Gray zinc chromate priming paint.
2.10.4 For Concrete, Blockwork, Plaster, Plasterboard and Like: Alkali resisting priming paint.

2.11 Undercoating

Undercoating shall be:

2.11.1 Zinc oxide based undercoating paint.


2.11.2 White lead based undercoating paint in accordance with BS 2525-7. Colour shall
approximately match the finishing paint.
2.11.3 Synthetic alkyd based undercoating in accordance with the recommendations of the
paint manufacturer.
2.11.4 Finishing Paints

Finishing paints shall be as otherwise specified.

3.0 WORKMANSHIP

3.1 General

The Contractor shall carry out all testes necessary for determining the colours and shades of the finishes
and the appropriate methods of application. Sample panels shall be completed in accordance with the
Engineer's instructions.

All work shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions.

Before application of any paint or finish, all surfaces shall be cleaned, dried and prepared as specified
hereinafter, all to the Engineer's approval. No works shall commence until this approval is given in writing
to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall co-ordinate work to ensure that factory primed items are primed or painted as
required in the Specifications.

All metal fittings such as hardware and fastens, etc. not required to be painted shall first be fitted and then
removed before the preparatory processes are commenced. W hen all painting is completed, the fittings
shall be cleaned and re-fixed in position.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 94 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

Before painting, floors must be washed and every possible precaution shall be taken to keep down dust
before and during the painting processes. No paint shall be applied to surfaces structurally on
superficially damp and all surfaces must be ascertained to be free from condensation, efflorescence, etc.
before the application of each coat.

No exterior or exposed painting shall be carried out under adverse weather conditions such as rain,
extreme humidity, dust, storms, high temperature or surface, etc.

All coats of paint must be thoroughly dry before subsequent coats are applied, and rubbed down with fine
waterproof abrasive where necessary.

All coating shall be well applied, leaving no sags, laps, brush or other defects. Each coat must thoroughly
dry before next coat is applied. All work must be carefully cut into a true line and left smooth and clean.

Details of mixing and application shall be in accordance with the specifications of the manufacturer
concerned and to the approval of the Engineer. The mixing of paint, etc. of different brands before or
during application will not be permitted. No dilution of painting materials shall be allowed except strictly
as detailed by the manufacturers and as approved by the Engineer.

On surfaces which are not accessible to paint brushes or rollers, paint shall be applied by spraying or with
sheep skin daubers. All surfaces to be painted shall be thoroughly covered with paint. Method of paint
application shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the work.

Brushes, pails, kettles and all other tools and equipment used in carrying out the work shall be maintained
in good working order, and shall be clean and free from foreign matter. They shall be thoroughly cleaned
before being used for different types of classes of materials.

The Contractor will be required to repaint; at his own expense any work on which the paint is found to be
incorrectly applied. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting from damage the paint work and all
other work during and after operations including the provision of all necessary dust sheets, covers, etc.
All paint droppings shall be cleaned up as the work proceeds.

All loose and defective paint shall be removed from previously painted surfaces before re-painting. All
burning off must be done by skilled workmen. The blow-lamp must not be used on surfaces shall be
made good at the Contractor's expense.

Prior to hand over, the Contractor shall carry out all remedial painting work due to damage caused by
others, adjustment and easing of joinery and metal work testing and commissioning of service
installations and the like all as instructed by the Engineer. On completion, leave works clean and tidy to
the Engineer's approval.

3.2 Painting to Concrete, Blockwork or Plaster

Concrete, block works and plaster surfaces to be painted or decorated shall have all cracks cut out and
made good to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

Plasterboard surfaces shall have taped joints and the surface puttied to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
The surfaces shall be completely dry and shall be brushed free of impurities immediately prior to the
commencement of the paint work.

Efflorescence shall be completely removed by rubbing down with dry coarse cloths followed by wiping
down with damp cloths and allowed to dry. All surfaces shall be rubbed down with fine glass paper and
brushed free of dust before applying any form of decoration.

Concrete block works and plastered surfaces which are to receive paint shall be given one thin coat of oil
putty and allowed to dry for at least two days. The surfaces shall then be rubbed down with fine glass

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 95 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

paper and given a second thin coat of oil putty and when completely set shall be rubbed down again with
fine glass paper before applying the painting system.

Emulsion paint shall be applied by brush or roller and shall be applied as specified hereinafter.

Textured paint shall be uniformly applied at a rate of not less than 4 M2 per litre by overlapping,
crisscross rollers or spray in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Where finished surfaces
are described as having smooth texture finish, the overall thickness of rough texture finish, the overall
thickness of the applied finish shall be not less than 2 mm. Finished surfaces shall be uniform in sheen
colour and texture, free from runs, sags, crawls or other defects.

Oil paints shall be applied by brush or roller and shall consist of a priming coat, two undercoats and one
finishing coat of paint.

Fire resistant paint shall be applied in three coats over a primer all in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.

3.3 Lacquer to Woodwork

Woodwork to be lacquered shall be cleaned of impurities.

Knots shall be treated with two coats of knotting.

Where shown on the Drawings or required by the Engineer, the wood shall be stained with a water or
spirit stain to the approval of the Engineer.

Two coats of lacquer shall be applied on joinery by brush or spray, either in the joinery shop or on Site as
directed by the directed by the Engineer.

3.4 Oil Stain Finish to Woodwork

The stain finish to woodwork shall be an approved manufacturer's oil stain system applied strictly in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

All surfaces are to be thoroughly dry and cleaned and sanded down and all nail holes or similar defects
shall be filled and leveled up with approved stopping.

The finish shall be applied in two coats. The first coat shall be pigmented stain wax brush applied. The
surface shall be allowed to dry for 2 - 10 minutes and then rubbed with cloth in a rotary motion to remove
excess stain and produce an even surface.

The first coat shall be allowed to dry completely before application of the second coat.

The second coat shall be natural (clear) stain wax, buffed.

The Engineer shall select the stain colour and the Contractor shall allow for preparing sample panels for
approval and these sample panels will provide the standard for the work.

3.5 Varnishing

All surfaces to be varnished shall be thoroughly dry and cleaned and sanded down and all nail holes or
similar defects shall be filled and leveled up with approved hard stopping. Sanding shall follow the line of
the grain. Knots shall be treated with two coats of knotting.

Two or three coats of clear varnish shall be applied as recommended by the manufacturer of the varnish
or as directed by the Engineer.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 96 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

3.6 Painting to Woodwork

Woodwork to be painted shall be cleaned of impurities.


Knots shall be treated with two coats of knotting.

Priming paint shall be applied by brush. Two coats shall be applied to end grain. Priming paint shall be
applied on Site after the Engineer has approved the joinery and before it is fixed.
When the priming paint is dry, all cracks, holes, open joints and the like shall be filled with topping and
rubbed down with fine glass paper.

Two undercoats and one finishing coat of paint shall be applied by brush.

The priming paint and undercoats shall be lightly rubbed down with glass paper to remove blemishes, and
all dust removed before the application of subsequent coats.

3.7 Painting to Metalwork

Steelwork delivered to the Site unprimed shall be cleaned of impurities, scrapped and wire brushed to
remove rust and painted with one coat of priming paint applied by brush.

Steel work delivered to the Site primed shall be cleaned of impurities and damage to the priming paint
and made good with priming paint.

Galvanized metalwork to be painted shall be cleaned of impurities. W here rusting has occurred the rust
shall be removed by wire brushing and made good with an approved rust inhibitor. The surfaces shall be
coated with a mordant solution, washed with clean water and painted with two coats of priming paint
applied by brush.

Metalwork which is concealed shall be prepared and primed as above and shall be painted with two
priming coats and one finishing coat of paint applied by brush.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 97 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

SECTION K - EXTERNAL WORKS

1.0 GENERALLY

Where materials used in this section, e.g., concrete, blockwork, have been specified elsewhere in this
document, the relevant clauses shall apply equal to this section of the Work.

2.0 SITE CLEARANCE

The Contractor shall clear the site completely of all buildings, walls, pavings and any and all rubbish or
other obstructions as directed by the Engineer and deposit them in an approved tip. The Tenderer shall
be deemed to have visited the Site to ascertain the extent and value of this work.

3.0 SUNDRY EXTERNAL WORKS

The Contractor shall carry out other sundry external works as required by the Engineer. All materials not
specified elsewhere shall be of the best manufacture available, shall be in accordance with the relevant
British Standards and generally to the Engineer's approval.

4.0 CLEARING SITE ON COMPLETION

The Contractor shall clear the Site after completion of the project including clearing away all temporary
buildings, building materials, equipment, rubbish, etc. and grading the ground to grades as directed by the
Engineer.

5.0 ROADS AND PAVINGS

The concrete pavement outside the building shall be formed of Mix a precast concrete paving slabs as
specified and it shall be finished with a wood float to the approval of the Engineer. The slabs shall be 600
x 600 x 50 mm thick and shall be laid on cement and sand (1:6) bed on 75 mm. thick Grade J site
concrete laid to falls on approved consolidated.

5.1 Materials
Interlocking paving tiles shall be from D.M. approved suppliers, 80 mm thick, colour to be approved
by the Engineer.

Sand used in this work shall be obtained from approved sources and shall comply with the requirements
of BS 882 Zone II. It shall be obtained by crushing natural limestone or shall be washed natural Wadi
Sand.

5.2 Construction
Tiles shall be laid on a 100 mm compacted sand bed. On completion, all joints are to be filled with sand.
The underlying sub-base course shall be 250 mm thick imported material compacted to 95% maximum
dry density and attaining a CBR value of more than 60. The sub-grade shall be well compacted and shall
attain a CBR value of more than 25.

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 98 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

SECTION L – FIRE STOP

FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS, JOINTS AND PERIMETER FIRE CONTAINMENT

PART 1GENERAL

1.0 RELATED DOCUMENTS

The tender requirements, contracting requirements, and applicable parts of and general requirements, as
listed in the Table of Contents, shall be included in and made a part of this Section.

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide firestop systems consisting of a material, or combination of materials installed to retain


the integrity of fire-rated construction by maintaining an effective barrier against the spread of
flame, smoke, and/or hot gases through penetrations, blank openings, construction joints, or at
perimeter fire containment in or adjacent to fire-rated barriers in accordance with the statutory
requirements of the Building Regulations 2000 as per accepted life safety
parameters/criteria/guidelines mentioned in Approved Document (B).

B. Firestop systems shall be used in locations including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floor and roof assemblies requiring protected


openings including both empty openings and openings that contain penetrations;
2. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies including both empty openings and
openings that contain penetrations;
3. Membrane penetrations in fire-resistance-rated wall assemblies where items penetrate one
side of the barrier;
4. Joints in fire-resistance-rated assemblies to allow independent movement;
5. Perimeter Fire Barrier System between a rated floor/roof and an exterior wall assembly;
6. Joints through penetrations and membrane penetrations in Smoke Barriers and Smoke
Partitions

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards. W here these standards conflict
with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirement shall govern.

1. British Standards:

a) BS 476-4:1970 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Non-combustibility test


for materials

b) BS 476-6:1989 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Method of test for fire
propagation for products

c) BS 476-20:1987 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Method for


determination of the fire resistance of elements of construction (general principles)

d) BS 476-21:1987 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Methods for


determination of the fire resistance of load bearing elements of construction

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 99 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

e) BS 476-22:1987 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Methods for


determination of the fire resistance of non-loadbearing elements of construction

f) BS 476-23:1987 Fire tests on building materials and structures. Methods for


determination of the contribution of components to the fire resistance of a structure

g) BS 476-24:1987, ISO 6944:1985 Fire tests on building materials and structures.


Method for determination of the fire resistance of ventilation ducts.

h) BS 5588-1:1990 Fire precautions in the design, construction and use of buildings. Code
of practice for residential buildings

2. EN Standards:

a) BS EN 1363-1:1999 Fire resistance tests. General requirements

b) BS EN 1363-2:1999 Fire resistance tests. Alternative and additional procedures

c) DD ENV 1363-3:1999 Fire resistance tests, Part 3 – Verification of furnace


performance

d) BS EN 1364-1:1999 Fire resistance tests for non-loadbearing elements, Part 1 – Walls

e) BS EN 1364-2:1999 Fire resistance tests for non-loadbearing elements, Part 2 –


Ceilings

f) BS EN 1365-1:1999 Fire resistance tests for loadbearing elements, Part 1 – Walls

g) BS EN 1365-2:1999 Fire resistance tests for loadbearing elements, Part 2 – Floors and
roofs

h) BS EN 1366-3:xxxx Fire resistance tests for service installations, Part 3 – Penetration


seals

i) BS EN 1366-4:xxxx Fire resistance tests for service installations, Part 4 – Linear joint
seals

3. Association for Specialist Fire Protection (ASFP):


a) Red Book –Firestopping & Penetration Seals for the Construction Industry
b) Guidance Document- Ensuring Best Practice for Passive Fire Protection

1.03 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Penetrations & Joints: Provide and install firestopping systems that are produced to resist the
spread of fire, and the passage of smoke and other gases according to requirements indicated,
including but not limited to the following:

a) Firestop all penetrations passing through fire resistance rated wall and floor assemblies
and other locations as indicated on the drawings.

b) Provide and install complete penetration firestopping systems that have been tested and
approved by third party testing agency.

c) Provide products that upon curing do not re-emulsify, dissolve, leach, breakdown, or
otherwise deteriorate over time from exposure to atmospheric moisture, sweating pipes,
ponding water or other forms of moisture characteristic during and after construction.
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 100 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

d) When intumescent products are used, provide products that do not contain sodium
silicate or any other water soluble intumescent ingredient in the formulation.

e) Provide firestop products that do not contain ethylene glycol.

f) Provide firestop sealants sufficiently flexible to accommodate motion such as pipe


vibration, water hammer, thermal expansion and other normal building movement without
damage to the seal.

g) Pipe insulation shall not be removed, cut away or otherwise interrupted through wall or
floor openings. Provide products appropriately tested for the thickness and type of
insulation utilized.

h) Capable of retrofit around existing cables

i) Designed such that two or more devices can be ganged together

j) Maintenance free such that no action is required to activate the smoke and fire sealing
mechanism

k) Openings within walls and floors designed to accommodate voice, data and video cabling
shall be provided with re-enterable products specifically designed for retrofit.

l) Provide fire-resistive joint sealants sufficiently flexible to accommodate movement such


as thermal expansion and other normal building movement without damage to the seal.

m) Provide fire-resistive joint sealants designed to accommodate a specific range of


movement and tested for this purpose.

n) Provide Pipe Collar Devices tested in accordance with BS 476 part 20 and BS EN 1366-
3:2004 for metallic pipe penetrations requiring as per the applicable building code.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit Manufacturers Product Data Sheets for each type of product selected. Certify that Firestop
Material shall be asbestos free and complies with local regulations.

1. Certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local


regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOC’s) and are nontoxic to
building occupants

B. Submit system design listings, including illustrations from a qualified testing and inspection
agency that is applicable to each firestop configuration

1. Where there is no specific third party tested and classified Firestop System available for
particular firestop configuration, the firestopping contractor shall obtain from the firestop
manufacturer an Engineering Judgment (EJ).

C. Submit contractor qualifications as noted in “Quality Assurance” article.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide firestopping System Design Listing by a testing and


inspection agency in accordance with LPCB/BRE/EXOVA WARRINGTON FIRE or another

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 101 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

agency performing testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop materials that is
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
B. Contractor Qualifications: Acceptable installer firms shall be:
1. FIRAS Certified by Warrington Certification for installation of passive firestopping systems;
2. Firestop Contractor in good standing having an approved accreditation certificate from the
Firestop Manufacture to install their products onsite;
3. Licensed by the State or local authority, where applicable;
4. Shown to have successfully completed not less than 5 comparable scale projects

C. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain firestop systems for each kind of penetration and
construction condition indicated from a single primary firestop systems manufacturer.

1. Materials of different manufacture than allowed by the tested and listed system shall not be
intermixed in the same firestop system or opening.
2. Tested and listed, classified firestop systems are to be used. If another manufacturer has a
tested and listed system, then that system shall be used prior to an Engineering Judgment
(EJ)

D. Field Constructed Mockup: Prior to installing firestopping, erect mockups for each different firestop
system indicated to verify selections made and to demonstrate qualities of materials and
execution. Build mockups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for
final installations.
1. Locate mockups on site in locations indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.
Include mockup for each type of system.
2. Notify Architect in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be installed.
3. Obtain Architect and AHJ’s acceptance of mockups before start of W ork.
4. Retain and maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard
for judging completed unit of Work. Accepted mockups in an undisturbed condition at time of
Substantial Completion may become part of completed unit of W ork.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver firestopping products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages


with intact and legible manufacturers' labels identifying product and manufacturer.

B. Store and handle firestopping materials in accordance with manufacturers written


instructions.

1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Conditions: Install firestopping in accordance with manufacturers written


instructions.

B. Ventilation: Ventilate per firestopping manufacturers' instructions or Material Safety Data


Sheet (MSDS)

1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Project coordination is essential to inform and educate all the parties involved with the
firestopping process of their role and how they can affect firestopping on the project. A pre-

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 102 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

construction meeting shall be scheduled and required for all parties involved prior to the start
of construction.

1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS


A. All materials shall be asbestos free and comply with local VOC Regulations.

B. If required, hazardous disposal of firestop materials shall be strictly observed as noted on the
individual MSDS.

PART 2PRODUCTS

2.01 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL


A. Provide firestopping products that are compatible with one another, with the substrates
forming openings, and with the items, if any, penetrating through-penetration firestop
systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping
products manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
B. Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials. Use
only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified
testing agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems.

2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS


A. Subject to compliance with through-penetration firestop systems and/or wall opening
protective materials and/or joint systems and/or perimeter fire containment systems and/or
continuity head-of-wall joint systems listed in “List of Approved Make” : Acceptable
Manufacturer: As per List of Approved Make Substitutions: Not permitted.

1.03 MATERIALS
A. General: Use only firestopping products that have been tested for specific fire-resistance-
rated construction conditions conforming to construction assembly type, penetrating item type
or joint opening width and movement capabilities, annular space requirements, and fire-rating
involved for each separate instance.
B. Firestop Pipe Collars : Factory-assembled steel collars lined with intumescent material from
size 25mm to 400mm. Capable to close the sleeve after the plastic pipe has become soft.
C. Firestop Pressure Exerting Sealant: Expanding in multi-direction when exposed to elevated
temperature, exerting pressure to seal and prevent the passage of fire & smoke.
D. Fire Rated Ablative Coating: Capable to form an insulating charred layer on cables in fire
situation and maintain temperature stability.
E. Firestop Acrylic Sealant: Intumescent, high modulus, halogen free, should be able to seal
horizontal and vertical low movement joints.
F. Firestop Silicone Sealants: Neutral curing,low modulus, silicone elastomeric sealant for
horizontal surfaces (pourable or nonsag) or vertical surface (nonsag)
G. Firestop Pipe W raps: Single component intumescent strips unaffected by water & non-flaking
and difficult to tear, capable to prevent passage of fire & hot gases through concrete &
masonry construction and “above ground” applications.
H. Firestop Pillows: Re-enterable, non-curing, mineral fiber core encapsulated with an
intumescent coating on all six sides contained in a flame retardant poly bag.
I. Mortar: Portland cement based dry-mix product formulated for mixing with water at Project
site to form a non-shrinking, water-resistant, homogenous mortar.

PART 3 – EXECUTION
NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 103 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. CIVIL&ARCH WORKS/G.SPECS.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

PREPARATION
A. Examination of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be
performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion.
B. Surfaces to which firestop materials will be applied shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, scale,
laitance, rust, release agents, water repellents, and any other substances that may inhibit
optimum adhesion.
C. Provide masking and temporary covering to prevent soiling of adjacent surfaces by
firestopping materials.
D. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

FIRESTOPPING INSTALLATION
A. General Requirements: Install through-penetration firestop systems and fire-resistive joint
systems in accordance with “Performance Criteria” Article and in accordance with the
conditions of testing and classification as specified in the published design.
B. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Comply with manufacturer’s instructions for installation of
firestopping products.
C. Seal all openings or voids made by penetrations to ensure an air and water resistant seal.
D. Consult with mechanical engineer, project manager, and damper manufacturer prior to
installation of through-penetration firestop systems that might hamper the performance of fire
dampers as it pertains to duct work.
E. Protect materials from damage on surfaces subjected to traffic.
F. Apply a suitable bond-breaker to prevent three-sided adhesion in applications where this
condition might occur such as the intersection of a gypsum wallboard/steel stud wall to floor
or roof assembly where the joint is backed by a steel ceiling runner or track.
G. Where joint application is exposed to the elements, fire-resistive joint sealant must be
approved by manufacturer for use in exterior applications”.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL


A. Keep areas of work accessible until inspection by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Where deficiencies are found, repair or firestopping products so they comply with
requirements
C. Adjusting & Cleaning
D. Remove equipment, materials and debris, leaving area in undamaged, clean condition.
E. Clean all surfaces adjacent to sealed openings to be free of excess firestopping materials and
soiling as work progresses.

End of Section

NASEC (V-20-06) – General Specifications. Page 104 of 104 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E.
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS- CIVIL

INDEX

SECTIONS DESCRIPTION PAGE

GP General Notes on Particular Specification 1

P.S.1 Temporary Office for the Engineer 2-3

P.S.2 Substructure Works 4

P.S.3 Superstructure Works 5

P.S.4 Anti-Terminal Treatment 6

P.S.5 Waterproofing and Moisture Protection 7-9

P.S.6 Joinery and Carpentry 10-12

P.S.7 Metal Work & Equipment 13-15

P.S.8 Finishes and Decorations 16-19

P.S.9 External Works 19

P.S.10 Swimming Pool Works 20-22

P.S.11 Miscellaneous Works 23-24

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC" Page 1 of 30 PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS/INDEX


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND -DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

GP - GENERAL NOTES ON PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

All instructions shown in the particular specifications shall be performed according to the schedule of
Finishes and to the General specifications for workmanship and quality. The Contractor shall
familiarize the contents of all Contract Documents prior to quoting for the tender.

The Contractor shall notify the Architect for any discrepancies or faults in the Contract Documents
and shall acquire clearance from the Architect prior to bidding for the project.

The Architect then clarifies the points raised by means of Telex or Bulletins and distributes the
information to all Tenderers. All Bulletins issued by the Architect shall be accounted as part of the
Contract Documents. Otherwise after the Bidding, all decisions of the Architect regarding any
ambiguity or discrepancy shall be treated as final and the Contractor shall not ask for any variations.

These particular specifications have priority over the General Specifications only when a particular
brand name is used and/or a special instruction regarding the materials is given. Otherwise, it shall be
read along with the General Specifications and the rest of the Contract Documents.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 1 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.1 TEMPORARY SITE OFFICE AND FACILITIES.

1. OFFICE ACCOMODATION FOR THE ENGINEER

The Contractor shall provide and maintain an air-conditioned office on the site for the exclusive
use of the Engineer and his staff. The office shall meet the following requirements:

Office: 100 sq. m. overall floor area


1 No. Office
1 Conference Room
1 Refreshment Room
1 Sample Room
1 Toilet

Furniture: 2 Desk complete with lockable drawers and adjustable chairs


2 Drawing/laying out tables (A0)
2 Sample cupboards
2 Four drawer filing cabinets complete with suspension system
1 Conference table complete with 10 chairs
4 Visitors chairs
1 Plan chest or stick file (A0)
1 Drawing board (A0) and stool
1 Store cupboard for survey equipment
Pin-up boards and shelving to all offices
Refrigerator, Electrical Kettle, etc.
All A/C's units should be split unit type.

Supplies/ 2 W aste paper baskets


Equipment: 4 Filing trays
2 Staplers
Hole punch
Consumables: paper, pens, etc. as required
1 No. Printer
1 No. Digital Camera of at least 15.0 mega pixels
1 No. Computer laptop i7 (or at least latest model) of 3.6 Ghz processor with
4GB RAM, 320-500 hard disk and 512MB dedicated video RAM with Windows
8 Ultimate system (or at least latest high specifications) & latest version of
Microsoft Office ,AutoCAD and Primavera software.

1 No. telephone with 2 lines and 3 extensions and a fax machine to the
Engineer’s office. All installation and rental charges and the cost of telephone
calls shall be charged to the Contractor.

Internet coverage for all Engineer's Offices (Land Line and WIFI)
Site surveying instruments for the proper execution of the Works. The
instruments shall all be in proper adjustment and always kept in perfect working
order and they shall be immediately available for use by the Engineer whenever
required, together with all necessary assistance.

Facilities: Covered parking bay for minimum 4 cars


Attendance: Full cleaning facilities and supply of refreshments
The building shall be well constructed, burglar proof, mosquito proof and weather proof and shall
have sufficient doors and glass covered windows for proper light and ventilation.

All site offices shall remain the property of the Contractor.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 2 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements and payments in respect of any
land required for the site of the building.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the building and its contents at all times
and shall employ a watchmen for this purpose.

The Construction of the office building together with the service drainages, standard of furnishings
and decoration shall be approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary attendance and maintain the office in good repair for
the entire duration of the Contract.

2. SUB-CONTRACTORS’ SITE ACCOMODATION

The Contractor shall provide free to the Sub-Contractors the attendance and site accommodation
(except fitting out of accommodation), scaffolding, power, water, and the like with complete
required furniture and equipment, other temporary buildings and storage areas, all plant for
receiving, off loading, storing and subsequent handling and hoisting of materials and equipment
to their final position, etc., for the completion of their works. The Contractor will also be required
to fully take over all responsibilities for the Nominated sub-Contractors and domestic Sub-
Contractors.

The Contractor is responsible for the subsequent removal of all accommodations and temporary
facilities provided to the Sub-Contractors after completion of the works.

3. SITE OFFICE FOR CONTRACTOR’S STAFF

The Contractor shall provide temporary sheds, offices, mess rooms, sanitary accommodation and
the like for the use of his Agent and Site Staff.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 3 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.2 - CONCRETE WORKS (Refer Sections C of General Specifications)

2-1 Complete R.C.C. and masonry works above plinth shall be of good quality. All vertical
structures such as Column and Shear W alls shall bear concrete cube strength of at least C-40
2
N/mm and all horizontal major structures such as beams, foundation, slabs and staircases, etc.
2
shall have at least concrete cube strength of C-40 N/mm at minimum 28 days. Mix design shall
be submitted to the Consultant for approval prior to commencement of work. Change of
requirement for mix design shall be considered to correspond the workability of concrete and to
comply the structural concrete requirements for superstructures.
2-2 All shuttering material used for concreting shall be of good quality and the damaged shuttering
materials will not be accepted. Releasing agents to be used for all formworks and shuttering
works.
2-3 Washed sand (crushed) shall be used for all R.C.C. works with maximum of 0.03% chloride
content and 0.4% of S03 content. Only washed crushed sand shall be used for Block works
(such as: Solid and Hollow blocks). For plastering works, washed sand (Juma Al Majid or
equivalent) as per approval shall be used.
2-4 Crushed gravels of 3/4" and 3/8" sizes shall only be used. (From M/s Hatta or Dhaid or
equivalent).
2-5 clean sweet water shall be used for concrete and for all other construction uses.
2-6 Curing shall take place for 7 days continuously for R.C.C. and 5 days for blocks and other
works.
2-7 Plasterwork shall be properly cured with water for minimum 8 days.
2-8 In case of using ready mix concrete, prior Consultant approval shall be taken for Mix Design.
Concrete shall be placed within 25 minutes from adding water and shall not be dropped freely
from a height of more than 2 meters.
2-9 Contractor shall produce from the Suppliers latest laboratory reports of all types of concrete
blocks to be used.
2-10 Minimum of six (6) nos. cubes shall be taken to test for 7 days and 28 days for all substructures
and superstructure concrete works as per requirement of Dubai Municipality or Consultant.
2-11 All reinforcement shall be checked by the Engineer and concreting is not allowed without prior
permission from Consultant. Any rusted reinforcement shall be cleaned free of rust using rust
converter chemicals or by sand blasting method. If the Engineer found the rust to be excessive
and unacceptable, the reinforcement is subject for rejection and the Contractor shall replace it.
2
2-12 Reinforcement steel shall be of grade 46 steel bars with a minimum strength of 460N/mm for
2
deformed steel and 240N/mm for mild steel (Turkey/Saudi Steel).
2-13 Concrete shall be mixed by batch mixer. No hand mixes to be done.
2-14 Tanks shall be erected on R.C.C. foundation to the Consultant's approval.
2-15 Internal Block masonry works shall be carried over with hollow concrete block of approved
quality (Juma Al Majid or equivalent) with 1:3 mortar. All columns and block junctions shall have
sufficient bonding with G.I anchors. Galvanized straps to be provided at every alternative layers
of block. The Straps will normally be the end-out type fixed to the inner side of the formwork
struck the free end, turned and bounded into the block wall panels.
2-16 The external block work shall be carried out with 250 mm thick thermal block as per the
approved 'U' value by DM.
2-17 The external columns shall have insulation to conform with 250mm thick walls as per DM
regulations. The insulation shall be protected with gypsum board to provide an even smooth
finish.
2-17 All shuttering works shall be done with 18mm black marine plywood of good
quality.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 4 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.3 – ANTI-TERMITE TREATMENT (Refer Section C of General Specifications )


A nominated Sub-Contractor shall be employed to provide a termite proofing and a chemical barrier to
all building at the sites as required, and further upon completion of the application to the total number
of buildings a WARRANTY CERTIFICATE of the termite proof is to be issued for the period of
TWENTY YEARS (Pre-Construction Subterranean Termite Control).

The termite toxicant shall be PRESSOR TC of Arabian Agricultural Engineering Est. or approved
equivalent which will be applied as per the following:

METHOD OF APPLICATION

• The first application will be done on the compacted soil i.e before concreting the ground floor slab
at the rate of 4 liters per square meter.
• The soil around the utility pipe openings appearing on the outlet walls will be sprayed.
• Final is the “Barrier Treatment”. The Barrier Treatment is to be done around the outer walls. A
trench of 30x30 cm. will be dug and the chemical will sprayed into the trench and also the top layer
of the backfilled soil will be sprayed to prevent termites, from getting any chance to enter the
structure.
• The treated areas shall be covered by polythene sheets to protect against ultra violet rays of the
sun.
• It takes 2-3 hours for the chemical to bind with the sol and the treated areas shall be kept
undisturbed during the said duration before commencing the concrete work.
• The application of the termiticide will at ratio of 1:99 that is 1 liter of chemical to 99 liters of water.
• The sub-contractor will strictly adhere to the manufacturer’s guidelines and instruction s while
carrying out the termite operations.
• Al l the civil works is exempted from our scope of work.

SAFETY PROCEDURES:

The Pest/Termite Control contractor shall adhere maximum safety procedures at the site of
application providing the following:
a. Adequate and modern equipment such as High Pressure Sprayers (power spraying machine and
soil injector).
b. Safety helmets, certified chemical masks, boots, goggles etc. for his service technicians.
c. W arning signs in English language and reflecting ribbons shall be posted around the site and
remain in place for the duration of application and 6 hours after the site is available for further
activities.
OTHERS:
The Pest/Termite Control contractor shall maintain drawing of the site where the treatment is to be
applied with his specialist controller in-charge at site. A job performance card of treated areas is also
to be maintained as an evidence the site service has been rendered as per the specification.

The Pest/Termite Control contractor shall provide the owner upon completion of the treatment to the
contractor surfaces an authorized Warranty Certificate for the period of twenty (20) years.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 5 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND -DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.4 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION (Refer Section E of General Specifications)


The proprietary products named hereunder are solely to establish the minimum acceptable
quality of specifications for the same. Other products with equivalent or superior specifications
shall be acceptable subject to the approval of the Engineer.

1. ROOF SYSTEM:

The proprietary products named hereunder are solely to establish the minimum acceptable
quality of specifications for the same. Other products with equivalent or superior specifications
shall be acceptable subject to the approval of the Engineer.

Roof Terraces:

Roofing System Covering: “Combo-Roof System” by Roof Care – Polybit or approved


equivalent.
3
First Layer: 45mm Polyfoam of minimum density 40Kg/M sprayed.
Polytex liquid elastomeric u.v. coating sprayed.
Polyfab filter membrane.
Screed to falls 1:150 minimum recommended.
Polyboard filler board.
Backing rod & Polyseal PS to all construction joints.
Combo-flex cementitious top coating sprayed.

The rates for roofing are generally includes rates for all joints, fixtures, overlaps and waste and for
dressing into and around rainwater outlets.

The roof waterproofing system to be used is accredited and approved by Dubai Municipality and
duly passed the Dubai Central Laboratory (DCL).

GENERAL:
All roof drains, balcony drains, planter drains and floor traps shall be according to the manufacturer’s
list and must be properly and completely water proofed to obtain water tight joints.

On completion, all roofs are to be left watertight and in a neat and clean condition before handing
over. W ater test has to be carried out for 48 hours twice, once upon completion of membrane &
once upon completion of roof finishes.

Waterproofing shall be applied by one Specialist Company and all certificates and guarantees shall
be submitted as per requirements stated above.
All waterproofing shall be as per issued specification or approved equivalent.

2. WET AREA WATER PROOFING


1.All W et Areas should be waterproofed using SBS membrane (Refer to the following
3.Substructure for specs).
2.Allow for water test for at least 50 mm height of water for 24 hours.

3. SUBSTRUCTURE:
The entire structure to be waterproofed shall be made free of dust, debris and shall be made clean
and completely dry.
a. Damp proof course shall be applied to building foundation walls to prevent moisture from
passing through the walls into interior spaces.
b. The internal part of water tank shall be water proofed with GRP lining.
c. External bottom part with two layers 4mm thick torch applied Styrene Butadiene Styrene

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 6 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

(SBS) membrane and the other external sides shall be protected with rubberized bitumen.

d. Raft concrete shall be waterproofed with Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) membrane.
e. Manufacturer recommendation should be followed for substrates and layers to receive
membrane .
f. For vertical surfaces , membrane should be protected by Protection Board (3mm thickness
minimum), and for horizontal surfaces , membrane should be protected by screed of 50 mm
thickness over polythene sheet 1000 gauge.

SBS membrane shall be applied in 1 layer/ 4mm, of high quality SBS modified bituminous
2
waterproofing membrane reinforced with 200gr/m of spun bond non-woven polyester mat.

The material should meet ASTM D 6164 Type II specification and carries an arrangement certificate
from a reputable international body i.e. British Board of Agreement (BBA).

Properties Typical Values Method of Testing

Standard Compliance ASTM D 6164 Type 1 & 2 ASTM Standards, Section 4, Volume
UEAtc MOAT.31 4.04
Nominal Thickness (mm) 4 ASTM D5147, UEAtc MOAT.31:Para
A
Spun Bond Polyester
Reinforcing Core (gr/m2) 200 UEAtc MOAT.31: Para F

Tensile Strength, N/5cm


Longitudinal 950 UEAtc MOAT.31: Para F
Transversal 750
Elongation, %
Longitudinal 50 UEAtc MOAT.31: Para C, ASTM D
Transversal 50 5147, ASTM D 6162 /D6163/D6164
Tear Strength, Nail Method, N
Longitudinal 250 UEAtc MOAT.27: 5,4.1
Transversal 260
Resistance to hydrostatic >70 mtrs (>7 bars) ASTM D 5385
pressure DIN 1048, UEAtc 5,4.1
Softening Point, ºC 125 ASTM 36, UEAtc
Penetration @ 25 ºC, dmm 25 ASTM 5, UEAtc
ASTM D 5147, ASTM D 6162 /
Flexibility @ low temperature, -20 to -25 D6163/D6164
ºC UEAtc MOAT.31: Para D
ASTM D 5147, ASTM D 6162
Heat Resistance 102 ºC No flow /D6163/D6164
UEAtc MOAT.31: Para E

GUARANTEES:

Roof waterproofing shall be 25 year warranty and all other water proofed areas to be guaranteed
against leakage for minimum period of “TEN YEARS”. The guarantee is a joint responsibility of the
Main Contractor and the Sub-Contractor.
P.S.5 - JOINERY AND CARPENTRY WORKS
Refer to Section G, I of General Specifications

A. WOODEN DOORS

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 7 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

Main Entrance Door Solid decorative Mahogany wooden door with décor with clear
Polyurethane lacquer polish over approved stain as per drawing
and Engineers approval.

Bedroom doors, Kitchen Semi-solid decorative Beech Wooden flush door with 4 mm
thick Teak veneer faced M.D.F. Board on both sides and 18mm
thick solid teak wood lipping on all four edges, SS Sheet Label,
6x6mm Groove, decorative teak wood beading on both faces with
clear polyurethane lacquer polish over approved stain as per
drawing and engineer’s approval.

Toilet / Bath / W C / Garbage Semi-soild Beech wooden door with 4 mm thick Teak veneer
Room faced M.D.F. Board on both sides and 18mm thick solid teak wood
lipping on all four edges, decorative teak wood beading, SS Sheet
Lable with 6x6mm Groove, with clear polyurethane lacquer polish
over approved stain on one side and 1mm thick plastic lamination
or vinyl backing on the other side as per the drawing and
Engineer’s approval.

Stair case doors & Service 55 mm thick, semi-solid wooden door with top door closer (GEZE
Room Doors or equivalent) , 100% solid core flush door with 35 mm thick fire
proof (as per Civil Defense requirements) wood battens middle
core, 6mm thick calcium silicate sheet on both sides of middle
core and 4 mm thick teak veneered MDF board on both sides and
18 mm thick Beech wood lipping on all four edges with continuous
intumiscent strips, finished with clear polyurethane lacquer polish
over approved stain 8mm thick Georgian wired glass of size 300
mm x 1200 mm to be fixed on the door as per drawing and
Engineer's approval. The door shall be smoke proof and self
closing to Engineer’s with PC rate of Dhs.3,200.00/door for
supply of selected doors as mentioned in the BOQ.

Doors frames Doors Frames - All frames shall be 55 mm thick and covers the
entire width of finished wall with solid red Meranti wood and
finished to match shutter as per drawing and Engineer's approval.
All door frames to be coated with wooden preservatives. All door
frames must be fixed to the sub frame by a minimum of 10 nos. of
120 mm x 8mm stainless steel rowal bolts (Expanded bolts).
Sub- Frames 18mm new (un-used) marine plywood sub-frame shall be provided
for all doors for Engineer’s approval.
Architrave All architrave shall be 100mm wide for entrance door and 70mm
wide for internal doors with red meranti wood and finished to
match with shutter and frame to the approval of Engineer.

The Contractor shall submit shop drawing showing the sizes of the wood used and shall ensure that
the system can withstand its weight and other applicable loads. All the connection and fixing details is
subject to approval of the Consultant.

Notes:

All doors shall be as per Civil Defense requirements.

All wood shall be properly seasoned, free from humidity, free from any defects, knots, insect holes,
etc. and shall be according to schedule of doors.
1. Contractor shall submit workshop drawing for all doors and the installation method.
2. Contractor shall submit sample for Engineer's approval before commenting manufacture.
3. All finishing layer shall be done separately and shall be identified on the sample. No site spraying
of the finishes is allowed unless approved by the Engineer in writing.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 8 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 9 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

4. All fire rated door shall comply with local authority regulations and certificate of compliance shall
be provided.
5. All sub-frames must be fixed to masonry wall with brass screws.
6. All door frames must be fixed to sub-frame by minimum 10 numbers of stainless steel expanded
bolts (rowel bolts) of size 120 mm x 8mm (as mentioned).

B. IRONMONGERY:

Ironmongery shall be of best quality according to General Specification section on Carpentry and
joinery, Ironmongery and Door, W indow Schedules and approved manufacturer’s list.

All ironmongery samples shall be submitted to Architect for approval before purchase or installation.

All ironmongery shall be fixed permanently only after all polishing and touch up works have been
done.

The Contractor shall provide ironmongery sets which include, but not limited to the following:
1. Minimum 1 ½ pairs of 100x75mm ball bearing hinges matching the ironmongery set.
2. Knob or decorative handle set to approval.
3. Matching cylindrical lock set to approval.
4. Dome type Door stopper to approval.
5. Door closer for main entrance door in ground floor, staircase doors and service room doors to
approval.
6. Peep lens with lid on flat entrance door to approval.
7. Top and Bottom latch set concealed types for double doors with bottom and top brass plates.
8. Lock set with emergency release from outside for all bathroom doors.
7. Security chain set for entrance and external door.
8. All ironmongery shall be of 316 stainless steel with 10 years guarantee

C. KITCHEN CABINETS:

The kitchen cabinets which composed of top and bottom units with counter top.

A. KITCHEN CABINET (Aluminum + HPL + PVC)

1. Carcasses : Powder coated aluminum profile frame with 3.5mm HPL sheet.
2. Shutters : The doors to be made out from MDF one side melamine 120mg.
: 18mm thickness MDF routed doors.

: Second side applied with PVC thermoplastic 0.4mm thickness made


by Roxan – Germany or approved equivalent.
: Durability, flexibility, scratch resistance
3. Shelves : 5.5mm HPL sheet
4. Back Panel : 3.5mm HPL Sheet
5. Drawers : Number of drawers as per approved drawings. Self closing height
85mm load capacity is 30kg heavy duty (to Client’s approval).
6. Hinges : 165/180º chrome plated Hinges (Indaux – DTC or approved
equivalent )
7. Granite top : 2cm thick Granite top (Rosa porino - rosa bite or rosa sardo or
apprived equivalent).

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 10 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

8. Granite splash back : 2cm, thick 15cm high granite splash back with rounded edges.
9. Handles / Knobs : As per approved sample.

10. Rubber mat : Rubber mat for gas cylinder cabinet (min. 1cm thick)
11. Cooker Hood : Either 90cm cooker hood with aluminum Filter (brand as per
approved sample)
12. Sink : Single bowl Single Drain / Double bowl single drain, S/Steel lay on
type sink with overflow as per approved shop drawings
13. Colour : Subject to Engineer's approval.
14. Skirting : 15cm adjustable legs with PVC skirting.
15. Accessories : Make – Europe

All open sides shall have the same finished faces (colour & thickness, etc.) i.e oven sides, corners,
etc.

D. WARDROBES

Wardrobes with MDF in Post Formed with matt 0.8mm HPL

1. Carcasses : 18mm thick, white melamine MDF (Finsa – Spain or approved


equivalent) with 0.4mm PVC edge lipping all around and 4mm
same as carcass colour. Rear side hardboard not to be flash.
2. Door Shutter : 18mm thk MDF with vinyl hot pressed with Wooden effect, with
white melamine on the inner side and PVC thermo foil ash white
on the outer side with router design as per approved sample.
Filler to be with white colour.
3. Shelves 18mm MDF in laminated melamine finish with 2mm PVC lipping.
5. Drawers 3 Drawers in each cupboard with one drawer only with lock.
(Final number of drawers to be approved).
6. Hinges : 180 blum and 110º metal hinges (clip on type) with flassure
screw.
7. Hanging Rod : Chrome hanger rods, Ellipse type.
8. Handles/Knobs : Chrome plated handles, for door shutters and white knobs for
drawers as per approved sample.
9. Mirror : 4mm thick, clear mirror fixed to the inner face.
10. Skirting : 10cm Concrete upstand with ceramic skirting by main
Contractor)
11. Colour Subject to Engineer's approval
12. Accessories : Make - Europe
 Shoe rail and provision for safe box are not required and the drawers are not visible from
outside.
 An architrave shall be providing for the cupboards all around (4 side).
 The upstand shall be 10cm above the finishing level.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 11 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.6 – METAL WORKS & EQUIPMENTS ( Refer Section F, G, I & J of General Specifications):

ALUMINUM

All aluminum and glass works shall be done by the Contractor as per the following including the items
mentioned below:

 All aluminum doors and windows with or without frame sliding or hinged mentioned in drawings or
specification.

 All the glass curtain walls in the buildings and fixed glass elevation

 All glass pieces for windows and doors as mentioned.

 All louver metal doors in garbage room, substation/ services rooms, aluminum panel rolling
shutter for the shops, etc

 All steel structure behind the aluminum cladding.

All aluminum works shall be polyester powder coated finish colour to Architects approval. The powder
coating to be used is Corro-Coat PE-SDF Super Durable polyester TGIC. The raw materials used in
the manufacturing of the powder coating shall provide uniform flow and finish, excellent weathering
and corrosion resistance and be able to meet AAMA 2604-98 standard.

The powder coating shall be approved by the Site Manager prior to commencement of the work
scope.
PRODUCT WARRANTY
The Contractor shall provide a 25-year back-to-back warranty from the Applicator and the
Manufacturer.

The Main Contractor shall:


1. Be responsible for the fabrication/coating of the powder coated objects and related
components/accessories shown on the drawings, in order to meet the requirements of the
performance specification.
2. Be responsible for the final selection of the powder material, the coating thickness and type in
accordance with the specified standards detailed herein and to Architects’ approval.
3. Ensure that the coating meets the standards specified herein and has been independently
inspected and certified.
4. Ensure that all materials, components, systems, methods of installation, etc. meet the
performance criteria specified herein.
5. Ensure that the powder coating is carried out in compliance with the “Recommended Process
and Process Control Requirements for Architectural Aluminum Alloys’ Coating”, as it appears
in Part 2 of the “Quality and Warranty” document, reference JPC-INS-ARC-1026EN-1204.
6. Provide required documents as specified herein.

Locks, hinges, sliding rollers stoppers for aluminum works shall be approved by Architect before
fixing. All aluminum works shall use stainless screws for fixing.
All openable windows shall be provided with flyscreens. Sliding flyscreens shall be provided for sliding
windows and adjustable flyscreens for hinged windows. Aluminum windows opening to OTS with
inspection grating shall be provided with ampli mesh or protection grill.

All flyscreens shall be from 0.4mm aluminum or stainless steel wired woven to a 1.5mm mesh
matching the colour of aluminum frames. The frames for the fly screen shall be from substantial rigid
section and shall be easily removable from windows for maintenance.

All movable parts to be with rollers of approved make. Sliding window handles to be with built-in lock
set of the same finishing as the aluminum. Aluminum sections to be box section type as shown in the
drawings.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 12 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

The fire breaching connection shall be recessed in the wall and to be with powder coated aluminum
cabinet. The color shall be matching with the overall building and aluminum color.

The following works which are not mentioned above shall be executed by the main Contractor:
1. Metal ladders for water tanks shall have specifications such as: stainless steel for inside ladder
and GI for outside ladder. OTS ladders shall be GI with epoxy paint.
2. Metal angles and meshes for plastering shall be stainless steel for external areas and GI for
internal areas.
3. Fixing and smoothing of concrete surface before starting the cladding and plastering of hollow
block behind glass curtain walls, if any.
4. The master coating works behind the cladding and sound isolator behind curtain glass to stop
leaking of voice to other floor (if any).
5. Scaffolding needed for fixing the elevation and cladding.
6. Aluminum for traffic of passages and parking;
7. Aluminum angles covering rubber for columns and angles appearing in ground floor;
8. The fire cabinets for hose reel and equipment shall be from stainless steel to the approval of the
Consultant.

ALUMINUM LOUVERED DOORS AND PANELS:

All aluminum louvered doors and louvered panels shall be following the same specifications
mentioned above and shall be manufactured so it functions efficiently in the place it is used. The
louvers shall be tightly secured with braces so they do not rattle or vibrate by wind. The Contractor
shall submit sample panels of Doors complete with aluminum hinges and handles for Architect’s
approval before commencing the job.

ALUMINUM DOORS AND INSPECTION PANELS:

- To be made of aluminum double sheet with 12mm injected polyurethane filling in between.
- Doors for the substation room, electrical room, pump room, garbage room shall be aluminum
louvered door. The louvered door for garbage room shall have fly mesh fixed to it.
- The aluminum frames shall be with same material for doors and windows.
- Locks for doors and windows shall be of German made to Consultant's approval.
- The Contractor shall supply all the necessary accessories from rubber and brushes and melamine
wheels and fly mesh from inside for all the windows and sliding doors, if any.
- The Contractor shall use mastic sealant when fixing the aluminum section for all windows and
sliding doors by making holes in the lower section for draining, rain water, if it is applicable.

ALUMINUM CONTRACTOR:

The aluminum Contractor shall provide all labour, materials, equipment, and supervision required for
all glass and glazing, aluminum window, doors, frames and related items as shown on the drawings
and herein specified.

All works under this Division shall be installed by qualified and experienced workmen subject to
approval by the Architect. Evidence of experience and a list of performed installations shall be
furnished.

The aluminum Contractor shall examine the openings for the installation of his work and shall not
begin unless it is sufficiently acceptable. He shall cooperate with other trades in the installation of his
work.

Thoroughly protect all materials under this division during transportation to site and storage at site to
prevent damage of any nature.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 13 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

The main Contractor shall protect all installed work under this division against any damage from starting
abrasion and other injury and shall be responsible for final cleaning including cleaning of glass.

ALUMINUM SECTIONS:
All aluminum sections shall be Gulf Extrusion sections (or approved equivalent) or any internationally
and locally approved sections. The entire system shall be duly approved by Dubai Municipality. The
drawings shall be taken as reference for sections of windows and doors.
Aluminum section for the elevation shall be wide section especially for glazed elevation and the
window shall be hidden kind exactly as glazed elevation (for curtain glass wall in front and back
elevation).

GLASS WORKS:

All glass for doors, windows and for elevation shall be:
1. High performance, glaverbal or equivalent, color to Consultant approval.
2. From double glazed reflective, high performance heat strengthened to a thickness 6mm, 12mm,
6mm, 12mm being air gap for all the glasswork in elevation and fixed, movable windows for all
the floors. The outside glass shall be reflective and inside one clear glass.
3. Where the glass cladding comes over hollow block or concrete (if any), it shall be single glazed,
reflective and heat strengthened.
4. Single glazed, toughened clear glass, thickness 12mm with 12mm glass fins for support;
5. Stairs, Corridors, Kitchen, bathrooms and toilets glass on air wells shall be obscure type to
Architect's approval. Kitchen and bathroom windows to be same glass but sand blasted on
non-reflective side.
6. The main entrance door to the building shall be frameless glass door to a thickness of 12 mm,
clear, toughened glass. All fixtures for this door shall be from stainless steel, grade 316.
7. Aluminum powder coated reflected double glass with thermal break as per the drawing and
Engineer's approval.
The Contractor shall execute the glass curtain wall for the elevation as shown in the drawing and the
aluminum section for the elevation shall be wide special section and the reflective glass and clear
glass (double glazed) shall be heat strengthened with 6mm thickness. The air gap between the two
6mm glasses shall be 12 mm. The glass will be single if there is any wall or concrete behind it.

GENERAL NOTES AND REQUIREMENTS FOR ALUMINUM WORKS:


All the metal works and aluminums works required from the Contractor shall be as the details
mentioned in the drawings and as mentioned in the specifications. If any variation between these two
documents, the decision of the Engineer shall be followed. All works shall be in exact colour to
Architect’s approval and shall be in accordance of the local authority requirements.
- The Contractor shall prepare the shop drawings and obtain approval from the Consultant prior to
commencement of the work at site.
- All screws for fixing of accessories for aluminum works to be stainless steel marine grade;
- All metal ladders and metal works shall be painted with two coats of rust proof primer and two
coats of oil paint. This paint work shall be done as per regulation and Engineer's approval.
- The Contractor shall put sound isolator or rock wool between the concrete and glass to prevent
sound leaking from one floor to another floor. He shall also do moisture coating on masonry work
behind the curtain glass.
- All aluminum works shall be done as per technical directives and to Engineer's approval.

E. SHOP DRAWINGS:
Contractor shall submit for approval shop drawings showing all details, layouts, thickness of metal,
joint, expansion joint spacing and procedures to be followed during installation. Indicate bolt size and
spacing, nailers or blocking required shall be furnished by others for securing work of this section.
The design shall meet all calculated and approved static-requirements.
Catalogue sheets for all standard manufactured items shall be submitted
The Contractor shall submit samples of all metal elements and hardware to be used for approval of
the architect.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 14 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND -DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.7– FINISHES AND DECORATIONS (Refer Section J of General Specifications)

All internal and external Finishes shall be applied according to the schedules of finishes and to the
approved manufacturer’s list and according to General specification section regarding Painting and
Decorations and to Architect’s approval.

EXTERNAL FINISHES

1. The wall shall be thoroughly plastered with at least 20mm thickness of 1:3 cement sand ratio
to correct irregularities in the surfaces prior to painting works as further mentioned in the
subsequent specifications.
2. Jotashield Heritage Traditional Tex (Jotun or approved equivalent) shall be applied on
external grooved plastered wall.
Pure acrylic waterbased, crack bridging, breathable, anti- carbonation coating with long
lasting colours)
The application shall be in accordance to Manufacturer’s method of application and the color
shall be as per Architect/Engineer’s approval.

Initial Coat/Primer: One coat solvent based penetrating primer / sealer, vol. solids >32%
as per ISO 3233 : 1998 (E)

Finishing Coats : 2 full coats of pure acrylic textured, flexible, breathable anti
carbonation coating, vol. solids >50% as per ISO 3233: 1998 (E)
meeting VOC regulation Of European Union of 2007 with the
following properties.

3. Acrylic Texotile System (Full Epoxy System) with Durathane (Polyurethane) Topcoats on
grooved plaster.
Initial Coat/Primer: One coat Acrylic Co-polymer based alkali resistant primer, vol. solids>
30% as per ISO 3233: 1998 (E).
Texture Coat: One coat, acrylic co-polymer based intermediate coat specially
formulated to be applied by spray equipment to achieve a textured
surface, vol. solids > 60 % as per ISO 3233: 1998 (E).
Finishing Coats: 2 full coats, two pack polyurethane based topcoat, with base and
hardener mixing ratio 9:1, vol. Solids> 46% as per ISO 3233: 1998 (E).

4. Glass Cladding (if any) shall be based on specification mentioned in glass works. The main
Contractor shall carry out protective coating on masonry work in touch with glass.

5. Roof floor finish is included in the Combo Roof W aterproofing unless otherwise specified.

INTERNAL FINISHES
1. The wall shall be thoroughly plastered with a thickness of at least 15mm of 1:3 cement sand
ratio prior to painting works and/or tiling works as further mentioned in the subsequent
specifications.

2. Fenomastic Emulsion Paint (Jotun or approved equivalent with color as per Contractor’s
approval)
Initial Coat/Primer: One coat PVA Primer, a pva co-polymer based
primer/sealer
Smoothening Coats 2 coats Stucco a pva co-polymer based putty
Finishing Coats : 2 full coats Fenomastic Silk, an vinyl acrylic co- polymer
based highly washable emulsion in silk finish, vol. solids
>42% as per ISO 3233: 1998 (E) meeting VOC
regulation of European Union of 2007

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 15 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

1. Spray plaster shall be Hitek or approved equivalent. The method of application shall be in
accordance to the approved Manufacturer. All internal ceiling shall have 3 coats spray plaster
and all parking areas shall have 2 coats spray plaster.
2. All wall Finishes (granite, marble, porcelain and ceramic) shall be fixed on plastered wall, glue,
pointing, etc. as complete. Works for floor finishes shall be fixed on screed and includes glue,
pointing, etc. as complete.
3. All gypsum false ceiling shall be referred to A/C layout.
4. Parking, driveways and pathways/walkways floor finish shall be screed with epoxy (as
mentioned in the foregoing specifications). Its columns, walls and soffits shall be anti-
carbonation paint from approved manufacturer’s application method.
5. All steps in the ground floor shall be of marble unless otherwise mentioned.
6. The granite (China) used for the staircase shall be 3cm thick for the tread with rounded nosing
and 2cm thick for riser to approval.
7. Marble threshold shall be fixed on all doors of bathrooms, kitchens, room doors, stair, service
rooms, etc. and for openings between two areas with different finishes. The thickness of
threshold shall be 3cm covering the full width of wall to Architect's approval, and to detail.

8. Epoxy Flooring
Staircases shall be protected with solvent free, high build epoxy resin floor coating

Properties:
The areas indicated shall be finished with a solvent-free, hard wearing, chemical and abrasion
resistant epoxy resin floor coating. The coating shall be applied to dry film thickness of
minimum 500 microns in no less than 2 coats.

The epoxy resin floor coating shall conform to the following physical properties:

Property Test Method Result


2
Compressive strength BS 6319 70 N/mm
2
Flexural strength BS 6319 40 N/mm
2
Tensile strength BS 6319 14 N/mm
Volume solids 100%
o
Pot life @20 C 40 min.
o
@30 C 20 min.
o
Cure Time @20 C 24 hours.
o
@30 C 18 hours.
o
Full Traffic Use @20 C 48 hours.
o
@30 C 24 hours.
Bond strength to concrete Greater than the
cohesive strength of
concrete.

The epoxy resin topping shall be a multi-component system manufactured under BS EN ISO
9002 QA/QC and ISO 14000 conditions, providing a smooth, dense, impervious, seamless,
hygienic, chemical and abrasion resistant floor finish.

The epoxy resin topping shall be Nitoflor FC150 from Al Gurg Fosroc or approved equivalent.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 16 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

PLASTERING WORKS
1. All surfaces to be plastered or rendered shall be clean and free from dust, loose mortar and all
traces of salts.

2. All internal walls and ceilings shall be smoothly plastered with minimum of 15mm thick plaster
by 1: 3 mortar using approved 6" wide expanded metal on all joints between RCC and block
work. External plaster shall be 20mm thick. Approved metal corner beads shall be fixed at all
free corners externally and internally.

3. The ceiling shall be plastered with 4 coats of spray plaster and two coats of spray plaster for
areas with false ceiling.

4. "Expamet" lath and profiles shall be used for all internal and external plasterwork at corners,
door jambs, etc. as required by the Client.

5. Plastering mesh 15cm wide shall be fixed (it shall be of stainless steel for external joints and of
galvanized iron for internal joints) for all the joints between the concrete parts and hollow block
parts and above the distribution pipes and this mesh will be fixed in an appropriate manner.

6. All plaster work accessories such as mesh, angle beads, etc. to be stainless steel for external
areas and galvanized iron for internal areas.

TILE WORKS:
1. All tile works shall be done as mentioned in the drawings and as per the requirements
mentioned in the specifications. If any discrepancy between the two documents, the Contractor
shall officially consult and refer the matter to the Engineer for clarification and decision.

2. Tiles for walls shall be minimum of 6mm thick ribbed back from approved manufacturer’s list
and selected from first quality tiles.

3. The floor tiles shall be minimum of 8mm thick ribbed back with non-slip textured glazed surface.
The floor tiles shall continue up to the wall using a cover skirting tile of same material/quality
with flooring on all corners to form a continuous skirting all around. All skirting shall be placed at
8cm from flooring and tile length with rounded edge.

4. The wall tiles shall cover continuously the sill jamb and inside soffit of all openings of the
bathrooms, kitchens, laundry, washing area and garbage room. The mentioned wet areas shall
be treated with waterproofing as previously specified.
5. All wall tiles to be fixed with waterproof tile adhesive Degussa Master Tile 30 or equivalent to
Consultant’s approval. All floor and wall tiles shall be of the same dimension or to Architect’s
approval for pattern and installation.
6. All granite, marble, ceramic and mosaic works shall be of first quality without any defects and
shall be homogeneous based on the Prime Cost rate mentioned.
7. The mosaic flooring shall be polished at site so as the marble and granite.
8. The Contractor shall use plastic spacers and tool grouting joints to ensure even and clean
joints.
9. The grouting thickness shall be according to the manufacturer’s recommendation. The grouting
colour shall match the tile colour otherwise it shall be white in colour.
10. All joints between sanitary fitting, fixtures and tiles shall be done as strictly as recommended by
Manufacturers.
11. No mastic filling more than 3mm in width is accepted.
12. All outside corners shall be with PVC corner bead with matching colour to approval.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 17 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

13. Where wall tiles are installed on surfaces other than concrete, a special resin based bonding
adhesive of approved quality shall be used.
14. All sanitary wares and tiling shall be cleaned to a shine upon handover of building.
15. All tiled areas to have movement joints spaced at maximum 3m in each direction. The
movement joint shall be filled with G.E. sanitary or DOW 915 sealant with matching colour.
16. All grouting shall be waterproofed as per manufacturer's specification.
17. All grouting for wet areas shall have waterproofing additive to approval.
18. The Contractor shall do shop drawings for mosaic, marble, granite, ceramic
work and obtain approval from Engineer before commending the work.
19. The Contractor shall take approval for the samples of tiles, etc. before delivery and shall be
responsible for the supplied material before taking any approval.

GENERAL NOTES

 All areas without specified finishes shall be the same as the nearest space or nearest
specifications or drawings.
 All P.C. rates of materials mentioned in the BOQ shall be for supply rate only except for kitchen
cabinet and wardrobe works.
 No finish shall be applied on any plaster works less than the minimum two weeks old.
 All painting works, internal primers and finishes shall be done in strict accordance with
manufacturer’s specifications.
 All wall cladding shall be taken up to 10cm above false ceiling or to full height till soffit slab for
exposed areas or areas without false ceiling.
 All false ceiling works shall be as per finishes shown in plans and manufacturer’s list.
 Other finishes such as polish for joinery materials etc shall be done to Architect’s approval.
 All trenches, manholes and other works shall be executed as per DEW A regulations without
claiming for any variations. Contractor shall cover all manholes / cable trenches by heavy duty
cast iron, double sealed, English made, to prevent water going inside and shall be recessed to
take the same finish as the floor.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 18 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.8 – EXTERNAL WORKS (Section K of General Specifications)

All external works shall be done according to General specification’s relevant sections and schedule
of Finishes and the Drawings. All work shall be performed to Architect’s approval.

INTERLOCKS

The Contractor shall execute rectangular interlock pathway with 6cm thickness in exact colour (if
any).

Paving blocks shall be concrete interlocks, coloured where specified, lain on sand laying course.
Thickness shall be 6cm on walkway/pathway and 8cm for carport unless otherwise shown on the
drawings or instructed by the Engineer in accordance with the local authority and standard
requirements.

The paving blocks shall be laid on 50mm black sand under laid by 100mm compacted road base
underlaid by 150mm compacted along the width of the plot.

The Contractor shall fix kerbstone from precast concrete in the edges and parts along with the
walkway, considering the entrance and exit of cars.

The paving blocks shall cover areas in road/sikka side as required by the road Dept. of Dubai
Municipality

The paving shall be laid to slope for rainwater drainage. The space between tiles shall be filled with
white clean sand.

It is the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the necessary permissions from the concerned
authorities to carry out the pavement outside the plot limit.

The interlock tiles shall be approved before supplying and fixing.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 19 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.09 – SWIMMING POOL WORKS-((IF ANY))

1. OVERFLOW TYPE SWIMMING POOL SPECIFICATIONS:

Civil Works

1. Provide and lay waterproofing system to RCC shell comprising 3 layers of FlexCrete
(SODAP) and protection screed.
2. Provide and lay 4mm thick SBS modified bituminous waterproofing membrane torch applied
over suitable primer as per manufacturer’s recommendations to the upper surface existing
R.C.C. shell including 3mm protection board.
3. Provide, fabricate and erect steel reinforcement (one layer A-393 BRC mesh) for walls and
floor as per drawings.
4. Gunite the shell with an average of 125mm thick using 1:4 mix, (one part by weight of cement
2
and 4 parts of crushed washed aggregated by weight to achieve 35/mmm at 28 days
including necessary formworks.
5. Construct deck level overflow channel 200mm wide in reinforced concrete / gunite to edge of
pool including necessary formwork and reinforcement.
6. Apply 20mm plaster using cement sand mortar & integral liquid water proofer as additive.
7. Supply and fix 200mmx30mm thick sand stone honed finish edging to pool and overflow
channels comprising 3 pieces with chamfered edges including necessary supporting strips in
PVC.
2
8. Supply and fix 20mmx20mm glass mosaic tiles (Supply PC rate Dh50/m ) to the interior of the
pool using waterproof adhesive and grout.
9. Supply and apply 2 coats of spectile CW 100 finish to the interior surfaces of overflow
channels.
10. Supply and construct gunite channel 200mm including finishes & 200mm wide ABS grating to
edge of pool.
3
11. Supply and install 2m fibre glass surge tank.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 20 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.10 – MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

1. Roof Pipes Pedestrian Crossings


The Contractor shall provide pedestrian crossing on the roof pipings (at locations to be agreed
with the Engineer in order to have accessibility to all areas on the roof). The crossing to be made
of steel section and checkered plates hot dipped galvanized and epoxy painted with minimum
DFT of 200 microns. Fixing and all other details are subject to Engineer's approval.

2. Cat Ladder
Cat ladder of G.I pipes painted with epoxy paint to be provided to all inaccessible areas such as
air wells and shafts as shown in drawings. Size of Pipes and details are subject for approval. The
access stair to the roof shall be of GI epoxy painted.

3. O.T.S Inspection Gratings


Open to sky shafts more than 5'0"x5'0" shall be provided with GI gratings service platform running
45cm along all sides (refer to drawings). The gratings shall be made of 100mm steel angles
bolted to walls and all corners welded to stiff corner joints. Topping shall be with heavy duty
walkable steel mesh. Handrails to be made of 50mm dia. G.I. pipes up to 3’0” height running all
along the edge of grating. All steel works used in shafts to be cleaned treated and painted with
Epoxy paint of minimum total DFT of 200 microns to satisfaction of the Contractor. Contractor
shall submit workshop drawing for the above steel works for approval before fabrication and
erection. OTS of at least 90x90cm shall be provided with cat ladder and movable inspection
gratings.

4. Vanity Counter
The vanity counter including mirrors, complete framework with all fittings, fixtures and granite
counter top as complete works as per given prime cost rate all as specified shall be provided
which is subject to Architect and Client’s approval of design selection and material specifications.

5. Rubber Fenders and Column/Wall Guard


E shape car rubber fenders with size 75x25mm of 1200mm length to be provided to walls in two
layers around columns and both walls along the driveways. The rubber fenders shall be supplied
from M/s Ibercausho S.A. Spain, or equivalent to approval. The product to be fixed with 75 to 100
mm GI rowel plugs with washers. Columns to be provided with rubber corner guards to each
corner with one meter height.

6. Wheel Stopper
The Contractor shall provide a Precast W heel Stopper of size 1900x160x150mm.

7. Kerbstone
Precast concrete kerbs hydraulically pressed on and including necessary anchors and painting
shall be provided and executed to complement the pavement (interlock or stamped concrete)
works.

8. Handrails
Staircase handrails shall be of steel pipe railing which shall be epoxy painted to Engineers
approval.

9. Rail Guard for garbage room shall be Stainless steel.


10. Car Barrier shall be provided with GI painted finish protection grill.

11. Signages:

The Contractor shall supply and fix the signboards and signage as per the following:

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 21 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

Contractor to supply and fix signs for indication of all services areas such as pump room,
electric room, garbage room, machine room, telephone room, watchman room, exit
signs, and fire equipment signs, etc.
Contractor shall supply and fix also flat numbers and floor numbers. Floor indication and
direction of flats in numbers to be kept at every lift lobby. Floor numbers to be kept at every
floor landing for staircases.
All above signs to be in brass plates, etched and with black colour filling and chrome plating,
sizes and design to Engineer’s approval.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 22 of 30 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

GP - GENERAL NOTES ON PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

All instructions shown in the particular specifications shall be performed according to the
schedule of Finishes and to the General specifications for workmanship and quality. The
Contractor shall familiarize the contents of all Contract Documents prior to quoting for the
tender.

The Contractor shall notify the Architect for any discrepancies or faults in the Contract
Documents and shall acquire clearance from the Architect prior to bidding for the project.

The Architect then clarifies the points raised by means of Telex or Bulletins and distributes the
information to all Tenderers. All Bulletins issued by the Architect shall be accounted as part of
the Contract Documents. Otherwise after the Bidding, all decisions of the Architect regarding
any ambiguity or discrepancy shall be treated as final and the Contractor shall not ask for any
variations.

These particular specifications have priority over the General Specifications only when a
particular brand name is used and/or a special instruction regarding the materials is given.
Otherwise, it shall be read along with the General Specifications and the rest of the Contract
Documents.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 23 of 28 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.M&E-1. SWIMMING POOL WORKS


1. OVERFLOW TYPE SWIMMING POOL SPECIFICATIONS:

Mechanical & Electrical Works

Filters
The filter shall be 500 mm diameter commercial polyester filter with lid and base in polyester
fiberglass collectors & diffusers in PVC polypropylene, supplied with manual air and water purges,
sand dump port, back wash sight glass pressure gauge panel. The filter inlet and outlet shall be 63
mm flanged connections. Each filter has a filter area of 0.20m² with a design capacity of 10 m³/hr at a
filtration velocity of 50 m³/hr/m² (2 Nos. duty)

Circulation pump
The pumps shall be centrifugal type with pre-filter. The pump body pre-filter and support shall be of
plastic. 20m³/hr at 12m head, 1.50 Hp (1 No. duty + 1 No. Stand by)

Ladder, 3 treads:
Manufactured in AISI 304 stainless steel, overflow model, handrails 43mm dia., hand polished S.S,
with treads in SS, plastic non-slip surface and supplied with anchors.

Maintenance kit:
a. Vacuum Head flat model – metallic, in anodized aluminum.
b. Vacuum Hose, blue plastic 38mm dia. (11/2”), and 15m long.
c. Reinforced aluminum telescopic handle 5m long.
d. Pool brush, straight, for pool bottom.
e. Pool brush, curved for pool walls.
f. Leaf skimmer for deep end
g. Leaf skimmer for shallow end
h. Thermometer Celcius and Farenheit, under water
i. Test kit for free chlorine & pH

Under water lights


Light rim and niche in white ABS plastic with fixing rings set to niche. 300watts/12v with 3m cable
supplied with the light.

Transformers
Electronically regulated voltage 12-16V with internal thermal protection regulated electronically
comply with VDE – 0551, UNE20-339-72, UL and article 680 of the National (USA) electrical code,
EN-60-742. The enclosure is protected to IP65.

Deck Box
Made in white ABS plastic with threads of ¾” for connection to conduit

Conduit hose:
Both ends with tread of ¾” and PGI 6m, length 1m

Return wall inlets:


Shall be of white ABS plastic construction. External thread of 2” with a maximum flow of 5m³/hr and
internal plain 50 mm dia screwed directly to cast in wall conduit of UPVC c/w integral no leak flange

Main drain:
Main drain fitting shall be of white ABS plastic fitting with suction grill of 250mm dia., 1 ½” bottom & 2”
lateral outlets.

2” Scum drains

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 24 of 28 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

Fitting shall be of ABS body

Vacuum point
Shall be of white ABS construction. 1 ½” connection c/w safety cap and shall be screwed directly to
cast in wall conduit of UPVC c/w integral no leak flange.

Pipe works:
UPVC pipework, class E between pool and plant room of Hepworth including installation, pressure
testing 2 times the working pressure, testing & commissioning.
Electrical Conduiting Wiring:
Electrical conduiting wiring for under water lights, pumps & control panel.

Control panel:
Electrical control panel c/w: ELCB’s, MCB’S O/L relays for pump, auto (on timer) and hand controls
for pumps and underwater lights.

Chlorine dozing Unit


Cholorine dozing unit closed with double security system regulator valve of easy use. Volume 3.5 liter
of 5kg tablet capacity.

Testing and commissioning


Installation of all above, testing, commissioning.

POOL HEATER
The heater – 24kw, 380V shall be with stainless steel elements, shell of 316 stainless steel and
sprayed with blue lacquer, external temperature setting control with thermostat 10-50˚ C, thermostat
over heat protector, built in froststat and pressure switch.

LIFE GUARD CHAIR


Supply and install 1 no. Life guard chair, made in s,s, AISI-304, 43 mm tube, treads, platform & chair
of polypropylene & fiber glass. Height from base to seat – 1850 mm. including 2 nos. 730 dia. in
orange life buoy with support rod.

AUTOMATIC CHLORINE AND PH CONTROLLER (ASTRAL)

Automatic Chlorine and pH controller (Vigilant Minor)


Automatic Chlorine & pH controller is equipped with pH & redox potential electrodes, analysis
chamber, water sample valve, catridge filter, flow detector, pH and residual chlorine measuring central
unit etc.

Dosing Pump
This pump shall be operated by means of an electro magnet transmitting movement, via a piston, to
membrane with manually adjustable 10 to 100% flow. This should be provided with a probe installed
inside the tank for protecting the pump for any dry running of the pump. The pump housing to be of
ABS, dial to be stainless steel and controls are to be protected by polycarbonate lid with IP 54
protection. Flow: 5ltrs/hr@7kg/cm²

Mixing Tank for Acid & Chlorine


Capacity120 liter. Tanks to be built in semi transparent polythene with external scale and manual
agitators provided with a steering grip in bakelite, rod and propeller arm in PVC.

HEAT CHILL PUMP 40 HC – VULCAN (SOUTH AFRICA)


Supply and install Vulcan (South Africa) Heat chill pump model V 40 HC (hearing output 38.7kw and
cooling output 24.24kw and all connections complete including 1 No. 1 hp booster pump, pipe work
and valves.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 25 of 28 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

P.S.M&E-2. MISCELLANEOUS WORKS

1. Car Barrier shall be provided with GI painted finish protection grill.

2. Signages:

The Contractor shall supply and fix the signboards and signage as per the following:
Contractor to supply and fix signs for indication of all services areas such as pump room, electric
room, garbage room, machine room, telephone room, watchman room, exit signs, and fire
equipment signs, etc.
Contractor shall supply and fix also flat numbers and floor numbers. Floor indication and direction
of flats in numbers to be kept at every lift lobby. Floor numbers to be kept at every floor landing for
staircases.
All above signs to be in brass plates, etched and with black colour filling and chrome plating, sizes
and design to Engineer’s approval.

PS.M&E-3. SOLAR WATER HEATERS

Supply and install Solarflame solar water heaters wherever shown on the drawings of capacities as
indicated on the drawings.

The unit shall consist of closed circuit hot water storage tank powder coated finish externally and
glass lining from inside, solar panels, safety valves, backup booster, accessories, piping, mounting
frame and controls, factory assembled and tested. The heater shall contain the following components,
only components fully approved and features:

Heater shall have polyurethane foam insulation wall between the outer casing and the glass lining all
around top and bottom of cylinder. Heater shall be suitable for a working pressure of 218psi
(1500Kpa) and shall be certified by SRCC and SRF.

STORAGE TANK:
Shall be entirely of type vitreous enamel lining. The tank outer shell cover shall be of weather
resistant polyurethane insulation with powder coated aluminium outer casing. The solar storage tank
shall have an inbuilt solar heat exchanger for the primary circuit. The solar tank to have a provision of
a backup booster element. Solar tank shall have an anode for protection and be double enamel lining.
The system shall have a backup electrical element to boost the temperature during low radiation
periods. It shall be installed and thermostatically operated in the solar tank. Thermostat to be of probe
O O
type with an adjustable setting range of -20 C to + 120 C.

The tank shall be fitted with safety devices in the water inlet / water outlet and heat exchanger. These
valves would eliminate the risk of storage tank damage due to high pressure and temperature build-
up. The cold water inlet to consist of a pressure relief valve with a rating of 300 kPa. The hot water
pressure and temperature relief to have a setting of 400 kPa. Heat exchanger closed circuit safety
valve to be of a 100 kPa pressure rating.

Solar collector shall consist of an aluminium absorber plate, copper riser pipes connected together
with a firm bonding and backing strip along with thermal paste for maximum heat transfer between
absorber plate and riser pipes. The outer coating of the absorber plate to be of Nickel inner coating
and a selective Titanium Blue outer surface coating for increased heat absorption. The inner copper
riser pipes to be mechanically bonded to a top and bottom header for closed circuit heat exchange.
The efficiency of each solar collector to be not less than 95%. The collector stagnation temperature to
0
the tested at 190 C.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 26 of 28 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

COLLECTOR OUTER CASING:


Shall be constructed with stucco outer casing for corrosion resistance. The upper glass to be of toughened
tempered glass for high durability and heat retention. The glass thickness to be as per drawings.

SOLAR SUPPORT FRAME:


The solar frames shall be hot dipped galvanized for corrosion resistance. This shall be fabricated and
supplied by the solar manufacturer as part of the system. All nuts and bolts shall be stainless steel.
Collector to have the following specifications.
Absorber Plate Design : Plate and Tube
Absorber Plate Material: Copper
Nett Absorber Area (single): 2.2 sq. M
Absorber Plate Coating: Selective Titanium surface
Absorption Coefficient: 0.95
Emission Coefficient: 0.05
Coefficient Tolerances: +/-0.02
No. of Riser Tubes: 12
Collector Casing Material: Aluminum
Glass: Tempered Glass 4 mm

- Contractor shall submit warranty for water heater with 5 years minimum.

PS.M&E-4. WATER COOLING SYSTEM

These Specifications are written for the cooling system and associated parts of the detector.
The intent is that these points be discussed and agreed upon before detailed design work is done.

Fluid Specifications:

1. The cooling fluid to be used in the system shall be distilled water.


a. The water should contain bacteria control additives and corrosion inhibitors which are
compatible with the brass heat sinks, aluminum heat exchangers, and stainless steel
parts of the quick disconnect fittings.
b. The water should maintain a ph level between 7.2 and 7.6, unless otherwise required
by the previously described additives.

Water Temperature:

2. The system should provide cooling water to the detectors Thermo-Electric Coolers at a
stable specified temperature between 10C and 15C.
a. Calculations show the operational costs decrease with decreasing water temperature.
This is due to the power requirements of the TEC increasing significantly with
increasing temperature difference of hot and cold side. The estimated TEC power
requirement s can be found in This temperature setting is limited on the lower end by
the stability of the TEC feedback controllers. These feedback controllers (as of April
5, 2011) have been estimated to be stable only down to 10C (Leon Mualem).
b. The system should be able to monitor the dew point at several areas of the building,
and maintain a minimum water temperature above the dew point measured in the
building plus the range of uncertainty of the monitors (±2 degrees C). This is to
prevent condensation on pipes or heat sinks.
c. Adjustments to water temperature should be infrequent and gradual, (0.1C/hr) except
in the event of a sudden spike in dew point. This specification is proposed to reduce
the temperature difference oscillations between the hot and cold side of the TEC.
NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 27 of 28 SEPTEMBER 2020
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

Temperature difference cycles cause stress oscillations which can lead to fatigue and
premature failure of the TECs.

Piping/Materials:

3. All piping and pipe fittings shall be schedule 80 PVC or CPVC.


a. The piping shall be supported adequately to limit creep to 1% over 20 years.
b. Joints shall be socket whenever possible and be primed and adhered with solvent
based PVC cement.

Water Flow Rate:

4. The pump(s) in the cooling system should be able to provide a water flow rate of at
least 5 mL/sec through the TEC heat sinks.
a. This flow rate specification is based on the analysis of the temperature difference
between the water and the TEC hot side, which is a function of the water flow rate.
Analysis results are which show a significant increase in this temperature difference
at lower flow rates.
b. A higher flow rate through the heat sinks also decreases the overall temperature rise
of the water, which can be significant at low flow rates if routing rows of heat sinks in
series.

System Design Pressure:

5. The pressure rating of every component of the water system should be a minimum of
120 psig.
a. This rating exceeds the sum (113 psi) of the maximum pressure which can be
supplied by the pump (87psi) and the pressure head of the height of the detector (26
psi).

System Monitoring and Alarms:

6. A PLC with a UPS shall receive signals from various monitors placed throughout the
cooling system which include monitoring: flow rate, temperature, dew point, pressure,
water level, water ph, and chiller diagnostics. Appropriate measures, alarms, and/or
notifications should be sent in the event of anomalies in any measurement.
a. Historical cooling system data to be collected and made readily available via web
browser.
b. Current operating conditions and operator interfaces shall be available locally and
remotely.

Backup equipment:

7. The chiller(s) and pump(s) in the system should have back up units in place, which can
be automatically activated in the event of failure of the primary units. The primary and
backup units should be constantly monitored as described in the specification for
“System Monitoring and Alarms.”

Backup water supply:

8. The water system should have a reserve of 110-165 gallons of distilled water, which
can be added by an automated system in the event of low water level in the reservoir

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 28 of 28 SEPTEMBER 2020


CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA. VOLUME-2
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2ND DUBAI, U.A.E. PART1 OF 3
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS.

Economizer for Cost/Energy Savings:

9. The cooling system should take advantage of the cold climate at the Ash River location
by use of an economizer using outside air.
a. This requires use of chillers with turndown capability as opposed to a hot gas bypass.
b. The two most common types of turndown are inverter based systems and digital
scroll compressors. Inverter based systems can cause electromagnetic interference,
therefore the purely mechanical digital scroll is recommended, as it has no EMI
issues.

Flow/Load Turndown capability:

10. The system must meet all the previously described specifications throughout
the time the detector is being built and operated one di-block at a time.

NASEC (V-20-06) – Particular Specifications. Page 29 of 28 SEPTEMBER 2020


VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

APPROVED MANUFACTURERS / MECHANICAL WORKS


SR
ITEM ALTERNATIVE (1) ALTERNATIVE (2) ALTERNATIVE (3) ALTERNATIVE (4)
NO.
NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN

1.0 CIVIL & ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

Tremix UAE
1.1 Concrete Unimix UAE Conmix UAE S.S. Lootah UAE

1.2 Blocks Apex UAE Hussain Abbas UAE Bin La Hej UAE

OR Equivalent material subject for


1.3 Cement National Cement UAE Jebel Ali Cement UAE Engineer's approval

1.4 Anti-Termite Pressor TC Cyprus Bisect 100 EC Australia Rotryn 50 Italy

1.5 Kerbstone Unimix UAE National Rak UAE Apex UAE

1.6 Sulfate Resistant Interlocking Tiles Unimix UAE National Rak UAE Apex UAE

1.7 Polythene Sheet (1000 Gauge) Cosmo Plast UAE Kangaroo Plastics UAE Al Ain Plastic UAE

1.8 Road Marking and Curb Marking Jotun UAE Hempel UAE Berger UAE

1.9 Joint & Construction A1-Plex UK Bitucell UK UBM Norway

1.10 Sealant/Mastic Mater Flex 700 UK FEB UAE Forsoc UK

Emirates
1.11 Expansion Joint Cover/Backup Rod Mac Al Gurg UK UK ALGA Italy
Specialities Co.

1.12 Aluminum (Doors, Windows) Al Abbar UAE Danway Industries UAE Horizon Aluminium UAE

Shoco
1.13 Aluminum Section Gutmann UAE UAE Al-Jaber Extrusions UAE

Afnan Building
1.14 Stainless Steel Works UAE Horizon Aluminium UAE White Aluminium UAE
Material

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

APPROVED MANUFACTURERS / MECHANICAL WORKS


SR
ITEM ALTERNATIVE (1) ALTERNATIVE (2) ALTERNATIVE (3) ALTERNATIVE (4)
NO.
NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN

Carpentry and Joinery (Doors,


1.15 Emilam UAE Al Jazeera LLC UAE El Diar UAE
Wardrobes and Fittings)

1.16 Accessories (for Carpentry and Joinery) Devon Italy Iseo Italy Kafli Germany

1.17 Water Proofing (membrane) Dermabet Italy Duproof LLC UAE Polybit UAE

1.18 Cold Bitumen Shell UAE Polybit UAE Ekamat UAE

1.19 Water Proofing (for roof) Polybit (Roof Care) UAE Duproof LLC UAE Imperbit (IMI) UAE

1.20 Waterproofing (Wet Areas) Corrotech UAE Polybit UAE Imperbit (IMI) UAE

Grace
Fosroc Mac Al
1.21 Joint Sealant/wall/slab UK Construction UK Sika UAE Switzerland
Gurg
Products
OR Equivalent material
ISO Grade Resin
1.22 GRP Lining UAE GP Resin UAE subject for Engineer's
(Purple 111) approval

Emirates
1.23 Water Stop Mac Al Gurg UK Al-Rimal Engineering Switzerland France
Specialities Co.
Hardware/Ironmongeries and
1.24 Geze Germany Giesse Italy Dorma Germany
Accessories (for Doors & windows)
Emirates
1.25 Fire-Stop Sealants USA Hilti Germany Pyroplex UK
Specialities Co.

1.26 Wood Works and Miscellaneous Batawi UAE ETA UAE Superfab UAE

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

APPROVED MANUFACTURERS / MECHANICAL WORKS


SR
ITEM ALTERNATIVE (1) ALTERNATIVE (2) ALTERNATIVE (3) ALTERNATIVE (4)
NO.
NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN NAME ORIGIN
Tiles For Wall & Floor (Ceramic,
1.27 R.A.K UAE Al Khaleej UAE Fujiairah UAE Ceramic City UAE
Porcelain)
Emirates
1.28 Tile Latex- Cementitios for Ceramic Mac Al Gurg UK UK Sodap UK
Specialities Co.
Emirates
1.29 Tile Grout- Epoxy for Ceramic Mac Al Gurg UAE UK Fosroc UK
Specialities Co.
Al Tawoos
1.30 Granite & Marble Terrazo UAE Al Sharaf Marble UAE Emirates Marble UAE UAE
Marble

1.31 Flooring (Indoor Sports) Gerflor France Miblon Germany Taralay France Spectra Canada

1.32 Paint (all types as to specifications) Hempel UAE Berger UAE Jotun UAE

1.33 Glass and Mirrors Ford USA Glaver Ball Belgium SainGobain France

1.35 Gypsum Board Gyproc UK Knauf Austria Boral Uribe

1.36 Metal Ceiling Gipel Germany luxaalon Netherlands Damba Denmark

1.37 Sports Equipment MBM UAE Al Kamda USA ALNAFFEES SPAIN

1.38 Signage Gibca UAE Giffin Traffic UAE Pentagon UAE Napoli UAE

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

A/C Manufacturers List

S. No Material Description Type Country Of Origin Agent

1 Duct Split Units York USA

& Fresh Air Handling Units Carrier USA

Al Rheem Europe

O'General Middle East

2 Copper pipe Mueller USA

NIBCO Europe

Maksal South Africa

MM KEMBLA Australia

3 Chiled Water Pump KSB Europe

Armstrong Europe

Holden&Brook UK

Grundfos UK

ITT Bell & Gosset USA

4 Chilled Water Fan coil units (FCU) Mc Quay Europe

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Carrier USA

York USA

Wolf Poland

Al Rheem Europe

5 Chilled Water Pressurization Units ITT Bell & Gosset USA

Grundfos UK

Armstrong Europe

Holden&Brook UK

6 Plate Heat Exchanger Alpha Laval Swedan

Sondex Denmark

Swep Europe

tranter Europe

7 Air fillter Bin Air UAE

AAAF Europe

Cambridge Europe

Envitec Europe

8 Motorized Smoke dampers safid KSA

Trox Europe

Tuttle and Bailey Europe

Ruskin Europe

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

EH Price Canada

Nailor USA

9 fire Dampers , volume Control Dampers, smoke Trox Europe

Dampers , Ruskin Europe

action Air Europe

safid KSA

KBE UAE

10 Air terminals , Grilles , Diffuser safid KSA

air Master UAE

Aldes UAE

Beta UAE

KBE UAE

11 fiber glass duct insulation and acoustic Lining arabian Fiber Glass KSA

Kimco Kuwait

Manson Canada

Afico UAE

Knauf UAE

kimmco UAE

12 GI Duct Sheet Nisshin Japan

Hadeed KSA

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Areceloromittal South Africa

Nippon Europe

Cape Europe

13 Fire Rated duckwork Flamebar UAE

Duct Steel UAE

Promat UAE

Leminar UAE

14 Flexible Duct safid

thermoflex

ATCO

supaflex

Aeroduct

Flotek

15 flexible Duct Connector Durodyne

Clim/Climatech

cain

Aeroduct

16 Access Doors Zest

Ruskin

safid

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

17 sound Liner Manville

Manson

Knauf

18 vibration Isolators /Acoustic Floating Floor Mason

Kinetics

Unison

Diamond

Weicco

19 Elastomeric Rubber insulation K-Flex

Armaflex

Kai Flex

20 pipe Flexible Connector Mason

Kinetics

Tozen

21 Adhesive and Coating /Vapour Barrier Foster

Miracle

Childers

Napco

22 Variable Frequency Drive ABB

Seimens

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Cutler Hummer

23 Duct & Pipe Support Hilti

Flammco

Isfix

Mupro

Weicco

24 Sound Attenuator (silencer) Kinetics

Optima

safid

Energy Intl

Bin Air

25 Grooved Fitting & Coupling Victaulic

National

Grinnel

Smith Cooper

26 Black Steel Pipes and fitting K&S

SPP

Kawasaki

27 valves for chilled water system Tour and Anderson

Tecofi

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

hattersley

oventrop

Holmes

Dantoss

28 Strainers Mueller

Armstrong

Sarco

29 Air Vent Armstrong

Crane

Fischer

30 Chemical Treatment Metito

Veolia

culligan

water bird

Extract Fan Ventaxia

System air

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Electrical Manufactures List

No Material Description Type Country of Origin Agent

1 PVC Conduits Marshall Tufflex UK

conduits Fitting & Accessories Deco Duct UAE

PVC Flexible Conduits Clipsal-schneider UAE

EGA KSA

Muliplast UAE

2 GI Conduits Kopex Europe

conduits Fitting & Accessories Barton Europe-UK

GI Flexible Conduits Simplex Europe-UK

Marshall Tufflex Europe-UK

3 Cables & Wires DUCAB UAE

El Sewedy KSA

Oman Oman

Nathional UAE

AL FANAR UAE

4 GI Boxes Clipsal-schneider Europe-German

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Barton Europe-UK

5 DB Encloser AL FANAR UAE

YORK Malaysia

GMC UAE

Eletra KSA

6 Door Bill Clipsal-schneider Australia

Legrand France

MK

7 Earthing System ,Lighting Protection Furse UK

Electronic Protection & surge wallis Gal UK

Arresters Mars Erico UK

8 cable trays ,trunking ,Metalic Trunking transdelta UAE

Ladders & wire Baskets PSI UAE

Index UAE

9 Wiring accessories Carbtree UK

MK UK

Legrand France

Schneider - Clipsal Australia

10 LV Panels /MDB/SMDB/Final DB's ABB Germany

Isolators / Cotactor/Relays Siemens Germany

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Capacitor Banks Schneider France

Cutler Hammer USA

Moeller USA

Merlin Gerin Europe

11 Fire Resistant Cables Draka UK

Firecell Italy

GST UK

Prysmian Europe

12 Heat Resistant Cable for Lighting Tekab UAE

BICC UK

Prysmian Europe

thomas Boltan UK

13 Fire Alarm System Shield UK To be approved by civil


defense
Notifier USA

Gent UK

Edward USA

Ziton UK

Zeta UK

Appollo UK

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

14 Emergency Lighting System JSB UK

Central Battery system Copper Ceag Germany

Ecolite Germany

Inotec Germany

Emergi lite UK

Bardic UK

15 Access Control Honey well UK

Kery USA

Securakey USA

GE Security USA

TYCO UK

Improtec South Afirca

16 Gate Barrier Delma Italy

DEA Italy

Genius Italy

PTC USA

Newgate UK

Came Italy

17 MATV Hirsh man Germany

Master antenna TV WISI Germany

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Katherine Germany

Alcad Spain

Televes Spain

18 Music System Philips Polland

MillBank UK

EGI South Afirca

Bosch Germany

19 Voice Evacuation System Ateis France To be approved by civil


defense
Edward USA

Notifier USA

Shield UK

Firecom USA

Simplex USA

Menvier UK

19 Digital Audio Intercom Alcad Spain

BPT Italy

Bitron Italy

Videx UK

Urmet Italy

20 Aircraft warning Lights thorn UK

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Cooper(C&H) UK

Ceag UK

Honey well UK

21 Structured Cabling AMP Netconnect USA

Fiber Optic Ifra Plus France

Clipsal-schneider Australia

Beldon UK

Brand-Rex UK

ME Nordex-Alpha Europe

Data Avya Europe

22 Coaxial Cable Belden UK

Com Scope UK

Raydex UK

23 Cables Gland And Lux Bicc UK

DUCAB Connect UAE

CMP UK

Hawka UK

24 CCTV System Apexis USA

Vicon USA

Pelco USA

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Sony Japan

Sumsung Korea

Win4net Korea

GE Security USA

Baxall UK

25 Generator CaterPillar USA

MTU Germany

Volvo Sweden

Perkins UK

26 CAT 6 & 5 Wires Beldon UK

Permanoid UK

Draka UK

Huebual UK

27 UPS Merlin Gerin France

GE Switzeriand

Liebert USA

Chloride Italy

Secomec France

28 BUS BAR System IP69 Lectro Egypt

Mega duct Malaysia

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Translite Malaysia

EAE Turkey

Zuccini Italy

BBI Italy

BBP Power Duct Europe

Velifar Europe

Hitachi Europe

29 Cable Identification Ferrules 3M USA

Pirelli Europe

Critchly UK

30 Hotel Room Management system Seimens Germany

Clipsal-schneider Australia

Honey well USA

Merton Germany

Apexis USA

Pulse France

31 Intelligent Lighting control System Pelco USA

Motion sensors Seimens Germany

MK UK

Legrand France

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

schneider France

32 Fire Stop material Hilti Europe

Nullifier Europe

33 Ring Main units (RMU) Luky UK

Merlin Gerin UK

ABB Italy

34 Transformer Traffo Germany

ABB Spain

schneider Europe

35 Automatic transfer Switch CaterPillar USA

Merlin Gerin France

Siemens Germany

36 Control Transformer Caroll & Meynell UK

Cutler Hammer UK

ABB Spain

37 Motor & Starters GE USA

Allen Bradley USA

Cutler Hammer UK

38 Photoelectric Cells Roye Thomson Electric UK

Cutler Hammer UK

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

39 Parking Barriers Telecome Italy

New Gate UK

Automatic System Belgium UK

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Electrical Manufactures List

No Material Description Type Country of Origin Agent

1 Poly Propyiene-R water supply Pipes Aquatherm Germany

and accessories and DZR brass/PPR Aquagas Italy

Fitting Plastherm Germany

Vialli turkey

2 Cross linked Polyethylene (PEX)cold Aquaherm Germany

and Hot Water Pipes And DZR brass Aquagas Italy

Fitting Plastherm Germany

Vialli turkey

3 GRP Domestic Water Tank Bridge Stone UK

Pipeco Malaysia

SMC Malaysia

Tanks UAE GRP UAE

4 water Heater Ariston Italy

A.O Smith Holland

Eco Hot Europe

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Armstrong Europe

Nova Sun Germany

5 water hammer arrestor sioux chief Europe

Zurn USA

wade Europe

6 Pressure Reducer valve honeywell Europe

watts Europe

Zurn USA

7 Hangers & Supports Hilti Europe

Grinnel Europe

Flamco/Mupro Europe

8 sound Proof Polypropylene Drainage Pipes & fitting Argo Europe

wavin Germany

polo-plast Germany

Rehau Europe

9 UPVC drainage Pipes and Accessories Hepworth UAE

Cosmoplast UAE

Terrain UAE

Argo/ Heplast Europe

10 Copper Pipe and fitting Nibco Europe

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

MM Kembla Europe

Yorkshire Europe

11 Domestic Pumps Armstrong Europe

Grundfos denmark

KSB Germany

12 Floor Drain / Roof Drain MBBM Europe

Rain Water Outlet Frost Europe

Zurn Europe

Jay R Smith Europe

wade Europe

13 Sewage Pumps Armstrong Europe

Grundfos Europe

ABS Europe

KSB Europe

14 manhole coversand grating MBBM Europe

Eccles Europe

Passavand Europe

Glynwed Brickhouse Europe

15 Grease trap Hepworth UAE

16 Automatic air Vent honeywell Europe

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

watts Europe

17 acoustic Lagging For Draniage Pipes Kinetics Europe

(where Applicable ) soundseal Europe

silent lay Europe

18 water Filration softening system and chemical treatment Metito Europe

Culligan Europe

Veolia Europe

Water Bird Europe

Corodex Group Europe

19 sanitary , mixers, Accessories Client Approval

20 irrigation system Fitco USA

Rain Bird USA

Hunter USA

21 DX domestic water cooling system Astral pool Europe

& Swimming Pool equipments or equivalent

22 Valves Grohe Germany

23 Water Meter ABB-Kent

Kamstup

Kchluberger

Aquametro

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Fire Fitting System Manufactures List

NO Material Description Type Country of Origin Agent

1 fire fitting Pumps Armstrong canada UL Listed

Patter Son USA (UL/FM)

ITT Bell & Gossett USA

Aurora USA

Peeriess USA

R Buffalo USA

2 Diesel Engine Caterpiller USA UL Listed

MTU Germany (UL/FM)

Volvo Sweden

Perkins UK

3 Fire Pumps Controller Firetrol Europe UL Listed

Cutler Hammer Europe (UL/FM)

Tornatech Europe

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Joslyn/ Naffco Europe

4 Galvanised Steel Pipes & Fittings Shield UK UL Listed

Zenith Europe (UL/FM)

Grinnell Europe

Central USA

5 Grooved Fittings Shield UK

Central USA

Grinnell Europe

6 Hangers And Accessories Hilti UK

Flammco Europe

PHD Europe

Mupro Europe

7 Sprinkler Head /Wall Shield UK

Central USA

Rolland Franch

Spray Safe UK

8 Hose Real Viking USA

Shield UK

Chubb UK

Naffco UAE

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

9 Fire Extinguisher Viking USA

Shield UK

Kidde Norson UK

Naffco UAE

10 Clean Agent Fire Suppression System LPG Europe

Naffco UAE

Central USA

TYCO Europe

Siemens Europe

11 Fire Stop Material 3M canada

Hilti UK

Nullifier UK

12 Landing Valves and Supervised Valves Kennedy USA

Viking USA

Shield UK

Victaulic USA

13 Water Pipes Fitting / Coupling Viking USA

Shield UK

Victaulic USA

14 Pressure Regulating Vaves And Pressure Watts Holland

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

Relief Valve Grinnell canada

Shield UK

Claval USA

15 Foam Deluge System Viking USA

Shield UK

chem guarad USA

16 flow Switch Angus UK

Grinnell canada

Viking USA

17 Alarm Check Valve Viking USA

Grinnell canada

Central USA

18 Fuel Fitting Connection and alarm Chubb canada

19 Pre-action System TYCO USA

Viking USA

Central USA

Shield UK

20 OS&Y Valves , Buttterfly Valves & Check Victaulic USA

Valves Grinnell canada

Shield UK

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020
VOLUME-2
CONSTRUCTION OF (Gr+1+ROOF) RESIDENTIAL VILLA.
PART1 OF 3
ON PLOT No. 6154054 AT NAD ALSHIBA 2 ND DUBAI, U.A.E. VENDORS LIST.
FOR Mr. MATAR AHMED HUMAID AMHI ALMANSOORI.

21 Fire Deparment connection (breaching inlet ) Shield UK

Macron UK

22 Drain and Test Valve Victaulic USA

Grinnell canada

Central USA

NAD ALSHIBA ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS-"NASEC"- (V-20-06) – VENDORS LIST). VENDORS LIST SEPTEMBER 2020

You might also like